Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Stepan Company

Stepan Company

scl · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker scl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 2396
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Stepan Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
INTEGRITY IN 
EVERYTHING  
WE DO

ANNUAL REPORT 2016

CORPORATE PROFILE
Shawcor Ltd is a global energy services company specializing in 
technology based products and services for the pipeline and pipe 
services and the petrochemical and industrial markets. The Company 
operates eight divisions, with fixed and mobile manufacturing and 
services facilities located around the world employing over 6,000 people.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 

Financial and Operating Highlights

2   Message to Shareholders

5 

Financial Review

6   Management’s Discussion and Analysis

32  Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

33   Independent Auditor’s Report

34   Consolidated Financial Statements

39   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

77  Six-year Review and Quarterly Information

78  Shawcor Directors

79  Primary Operating Locations 

80   Corporate Information

FINANCIAL AND OPERATING HIGHLIGHTS

SHAWCOR’S MISSION 
To be the market leader and technology innovator with a primary focus 
on the global pipeline industry and to use this base as a platform to build 
an international energy services company while achieving Shawcor’s 
performance objectives.

2016 HIGHLIGHTS 

Financial Summary 
Year ended December 31 (in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Operating Results
Revenue 
Adjusted EBITDA (Note 1) 
(Loss) Income from Operations 
Net (Loss) Income (Note 2) 

(Loss) Earnings per share – basic 

(Loss) Earnings per share – diluted 

Cash Flow 
Cash provided by operating activities  
Financial Position 
Working capital 
Total assets 

Equity per share 

2016 

2015

$   1,209,259  
 56,452  
 (171,120) 
 (180,960) 

$ 

$   1,810,648 
 228,478 
 149,429 
 98,244 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 (2.80) 

 (2.80) 

$ 

$ 

 1.52 

 1.52 

$ 

 131,893  

$ 

 281,041 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 279,986  
 1,777,791  

 14.92  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 446,405 
 2,145,705 

 17.44  

Note 1:   Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure calculated by adding back to Net (Loss) Income the sum of net finance costs, income taxes, amortization of property, plant,  
equipment and intangible assets, gains from sale of land, arbitration awards outside of the normal course of business and impairment of assets. Adjusted EBITDA does  
not have a standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and is not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA is used  
by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several important analytical tools. 

Note 2:  Attributable to shareholders’ of the Company.

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
6

1

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

TRANSITIONING 
TO GROWTH

SHAWCOR POSTED WEAKER FINANCIAL RESULTS IN 2016 AS WE CONTINUED TO WEATHER A PERSISTENT DOWNTURN IN THE ENERGY 

SERVICES INDUSTRY. REVENUE DECLINED BY 33 PERCENT IN 2016 TO $1.21 BILLION, THE RESULT OF LOWER CAPITAL SPENDING ON 

GLOBAL PIPELINE INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS AND REDUCED DEMAND FOR OILFIELD SERVICES IN NORTH AMERICA. THIS LOWER 

ACTIVITY IN OUR PIPELINE AND PIPELINE SERVICES BUSINESSES WAS OFFSET SOMEWHAT, HOWEVER, BY STRONG GROWTH IN OUR 

PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL SEGMENT, WHICH WAS CHALLENGED TO KEEP PACE WITH CUSTOMER DEMAND. ADJUSTED EBITDA 

FELL 75 PERCENT TO $56 MILLION, REFLECTING LOWER REVENUE AND LOWER AVERAGE MARGINS COMPARED TO THE PREVIOUS YEAR, 

AND NET EARNINGS PER SHARE DECLINED FROM $1.52 (DILUTED) IN 2015 TO A LOSS PER SHARE OF ($2.80) IN 2016. 

While these results were disappointing, we are encouraged that our 
performance improved significantly during the year, with adjusted 
EBITDA rising from a low of ($20.3) million in Q2 to $33 million in the 
fourth quarter. Furthermore, we expect to generate significantly higher 
revenue and earnings in 2017 on the strength of growth in our booked 
order backlog, which increased from $452 million at December 31, 2015 
to $650 million by the end of 2016, and continued recovery of North 
American oil and gas drilling and well completions.

After 24 months of declining investment and activity, industry 
fundamentals began to show signs of a turnaround in 2016. Oil prices 
started to climb early in the year, with the WTI spot price more than 
doubling from US$26.19 on February 11 to US$53.75 by year-end.(1) 
Drilling activity as measured by U.S. rig counts followed suit, increasing 
by about 75 percent during the second half of the year.(2) While oil prices 
are still well below 2014 levels and not yet predictable enough to spur 
major greenfield oil development capital investments, Shawcor is poised 
to transition to growth as the industry recovers. 

During the past two years, we have adjusted quickly to changing 
circumstances, reducing our workforce by 38 percent and lowering 
our cost structure through the implementation of a shared services 
platform, the standardization of business practices and processes, and 
the co-location of our businesses in several geographies. Yet we have 
been careful to preserve the core strengths that have made Shawcor 
a recognized industry leader. The protection of the core strengths of 
Integrity, Execution and Technology will be critical as we transition to 
growth. Equally important, we have continued to advance a long-term 
strategy that is aimed at better aligning our businesses around shared 
opportunities, and shifting our thinking beyond the sale of discrete 
products and services to the creation of integrated, value-added 
solutions for customers in the five growth platforms of our business.

(1)  Source: eia.gov

(2) Source: www.wtrg.com/rotaryrigs.html

In our Pipeline Performance platform, major energy infrastructure 
projects planned before the downturn are not likely to proceed until  
oil prices rise to a higher and more sustainable level. Until then, we  
will continue to concentrate our efforts on projects most likely to 
proceed, such as natural gas infrastructure, which is supported by  
strong economics and supportive political mandates to reduce 
hydrocarbon emissions in electricity generation. One such example is 
the US$2.1 billion Sur de Texas – Tuxpan undersea natural gas pipeline 
in Mexico, which is expected to generate approximately $350 million in 
pipe coating revenue for Shawcor during 2017. We are presently engaged 
with customers on other major projects representing a potential value 
of more than $2.4 billion. As the industry’s largest, most experienced, 
and most technologically advanced competitor, we expect to win a large 
share of these projects as they proceed. Our ability to execute them has 
been further enhanced by moves to strengthen the balance sheet during 
the year. These included the repurchase of over US$150 million in senior 
note debt and an equity issue that raised $173 million to support working 
capital and other growth investments. 

In our second growth platform – Composite Production Systems – we 
continued to see the adoption of advanced polymer-based pipe, fittings, 
and associated components in the production of oil and gas reservoirs. 
Due to their compelling cost and durability advantages over bare and 
coated steel pipe, Flexpipe’s spoolable and stick products are a logical 
choice for gathering line and produced water transportation applications. 
In 2017 we will launch commercial production of the Flexflow large 
diameter stick platform starting with 6- and 8-inch products. Additionally, 
we will continue to advance the Flexpipe spoolable product line with  
the development of higher temperature and pressure capabilities.

2

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

Steve Orr 
Chief Executive Officer

   The protection of the core strengths of Integrity, 

Execution and Technology will be critical as we 
transition to growth. 

We also continued to invest in the development of our Integrity 
Management businesses whose shared goal is to fundamentally alter 
how pipelines are designed, constructed, operated and maintained, with 
the application of innovative measurement and data technologies. Our 
customers are looking for ways to mitigate the risk of infrastructure 
failure, improve construction quality, reduce costs and provide complete 
life cycle traceability. In 2017, we will continue to integrate Lake 
Superior Consulting’s pipeline engineering and integrity management 
expertise with our advanced non-destructive testing technologies, while 
transitioning Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly Desert NDT) into 
the midstream and oilfield infrastructure integrity spaces. Other priorities 
include the expansion of data enabled services based on the Readdi™ 
remote data monitoring technology, leveraging gained domain knowledge 
from the addition of Lake Superior Consulting, and ensuring a strong 
focus on winning multiple offshore weld inspection projects that will be 
tendered during the year.

Our Oilfield Asset Management businesses provide asset tracking, 
inspection and repair in one seamless solution to help customers 
improve asset utilization and return on capital. In 2017, our priority will be 
to scale the business to capture the expected strengthening in drilling 
activity and to generate more revenue from assets employed in ongoing 
production as customers concentrate on maximizing well production.

Our Connections Systems businesses, which provide electrical connection, 
insulation and sealing solutions as well as control and instrumentation 
cables for customers in a wide range of industries, posted a record 
performance again in 2016. Over the next year, we will be building 
new capacity to better serve existing markets, while engineering new 
technological solutions for extreme and challenging applications.

In total, these growth platforms are focused on markets and 
potential markets that represent more than $20 billion in total annual 
expenditures. The opportunity to take advantage of them will depend  
on the long-term fundamentals of our industry, which continue to bode 
well for Shawcor.

In spite of today’s imbalance between supply and demand, the natural 
depletion of currently producing reservoirs will soon create the need for 
new sources of hydrocarbons. Historically, depletion rates have averaged 
7 percent a year, but with severe reductions in capital spending over the 
past two years and increasing contribution from shale production, this 
rate is expected to increase. New oil and gas production will require new 
pipeline infrastructure to bridge a growing deficit.

There is also a growing distance between the places where energy 
demand is increasing, primarily in emerging markets and Asia, and the 
location of new reserves required to fill that demand. This will continue  
to spur new investment, particularly in natural gas pipelines and LNG.

Our Pipeline and Pipeline Services businesses also stand to benefit 
from the increasing age of the world’s existing pipeline infrastructure. 
More than 60 percent of North American pipelines in service today, and 
over 45 percent globally, are older than 20 years and thus beyond their 
original design life. Given increased public awareness and government 
scrutiny, we believe that the products and services we provide to 
enhance pipeline integrity will find an increasingly receptive market.

3

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

   We do expect higher capital spending and improved oilfield activity  

in North America. Our businesses are well leveraged to benefit from  
such developments. 

Although we cannot be certain of the timing or pace of the energy 
industry’s recovery, we do expect higher capital spending and improved 
oilfield activity in North America. Our businesses are well leveraged  
to benefit from such developments. Since 2014, our businesses  
exposed to North American well drilling and completion have declined  
by $300 million in revenue on an annualized basis and we expect to 
recoup this lost revenue as activity improves and new product and 
service introductions gain market share.

In closing, I would like to thank our Board of Directors for their ongoing 
guidance and support of our strategy over the past year. I also wish 
to thank our employees for the extra effort they have shown amid 
challenging circumstances, and looking ahead, for the increasingly vital 
roles they will play as we transition to growth. Thanks to their dedication, 
and with the continuing support of our business partners, customers, 
communities and investors, I look forward to reporting on our progress  
in the year ahead.

It may take some time for energy majors and national oil companies 
to find the confidence to proceed with major greenfield infrastructure 
investments. Indeed, we expect that global expenditures on new oil  
and gas infrastructure will be lower in 2017 as producers focus on  
short-cycle, immediate return investments. If so, this would be the  
first three-year period of declining industry capex in history, setting  
the stage for a rebound in 2018 and beyond.

Steve Orr 
Chief Executive Officer

4

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS FINANCIAL 
REVIEW

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

1.0  EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW 

1.1  Core Businesses 

1.2  Vision and Objectives 

1.3  Key Performance Drivers 

1.4  Key Performance Indicators 

1.5  Capability to Deliver Results 

2.0  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS 

2.1  Selected Financial Information 

2.2  Foreign Exchange Impact 

3.0  BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS  

4.0  RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS 

4.1  Consolidated Information 

4.2  Segment Information 

5.0  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITALIZATION 

5.1  Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

5.2  Cash Used in Investing Activities 

5.3  Cash Used in Financing Activities 

5.4  Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures 

5.5  Credit Facilities 

5.6  Long-Term Debt 

5.7   Commitments, Leases, Contingencies and  

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

5.8  Financial Instruments and Other Instruments 

5.9  Outstanding Share Capital 

5.10  Transactions with Related Parties 

6.0  QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

6.1  Fourth Quarter Highlights 

6

6

6

7

7

7

8

9

9

10

10

11

11

12

13

14

14

14

14

15

15

16

17

19

19

19

20

7.0   DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER 

FINANCIAL REPORTING 

8.0   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES   

AND ACCOUNTING POLICY DEVELOPMENTS 

8.1  Critical Judgments 

8.2  Critical Accounting Estimates 

8.3  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied 

8.4  New Accounting Standards Adopted 

9.0  OUTLOOK  

10.0  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

10.1  Economic Risks 

10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks 

10.3  HSE Risks 

10.4  Political and Regulatory Risks 

11.0  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS 

12.0  RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES 

13.0  FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION 

14.0  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS) 

21

21

21

22

23

23

24

25

25

26

27

27

28

28

30

31

32

33

34

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  35

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

SIX-YEAR REVIEW AND QUARTERLY INFORMATION 

SHAWCOR DIRECTORS 

PRIMARY OPERATING LOCATIONS 

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

36

37

38

39

77

78

79

80

A
N
N
U
A
L

R
E
P
O
R
T

2
0
1
6

5

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
MANAGEMENT’S  
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

THE FOLLOWING MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS (“MD&A”), IS A DISCUSSION OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL POSITION 

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF SHAWCOR LTD. (“SHAWCOR” OR “THE COMPANY”) FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 

2015 AND SHOULD BE READ TOGETHER WITH SHAWCOR’S AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND ACCOMPANYING 

NOTES FOR THE SAME PERIODS. ALL DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THIS MD&A ARE IN THOUSANDS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER 

SHARE AMOUNTS OR UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

THIS MD&A AND THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND COMPARATIVE INFORMATION HAVE BEEN PREPARED IN 

ACCORDANCE WITH INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (“IFRS”) AS ISSUED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING 

STANDARDS BOARD (“IASB”), WHICH ARE ALSO GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (“GAAP”) FOR PUBLICLY 

ACCOUNTABLE ENTERPRISES IN CANADA. THIS MD&A CONTAINS FORWARD LOOKING INFORMATION AND REFERENCE SHOULD  

BE MADE TO SECTION 13 HEREOF. 

1.0  EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

Shawcor is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving 
the Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segments of the energy industry. The Company operates eight divisions 
with over eighty manufacturing and service facilities located around the 
world. The Company is publicly-traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange.

1.1  Core Businesses
Shawcor provides a broad range of products and services, which  
include high quality pipe coating services, flexible composite pipe, 
onshore and offshore pipeline corrosion and thermal protection,  
state-of-the-art ultrasonic and radiographic inspection services,  
tubular management services, heat-shrinkable polymer tubing, and 
control and instrumentation wire and cable.

The Company and its predecessors have designed, engineered, 
marketed and sold these products and services worldwide for over  
50 years. Shawcor has made substantial investments in research  
and development initiatives and earned strong customer loyalty  
based on a history of project execution success. 

The Company operates in a highly competitive international business 
environment with its success attributed to its strategic global locations, 
its extensive portfolio of proprietary technologies and its commitment to 
the use of industry-leading business processes and programs. Shawcor 
is the world’s largest applicator of pipeline coatings for the oil and gas 
industry for both onshore and offshore pipelines.

The primary driver of demand for the Company’s products and services 
is the level of energy industry investment in pipeline infrastructure for 
hydrocarbon development and transportation around the globe. This 
investment, in turn, is driven by global levels of economic activity and 
the resulting growth in hydrocarbon demand, the impact of resource 

depletion on the supply of hydrocarbons and the financial position of the 
major energy companies. The relationship between global hydrocarbon 
demand and supply and the level of energy industry investment in 
infrastructure tends to be cyclical.

As at December 31, 2016, the Company operated its eight divisions 
through two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services; 
and Petrochemical and Industrial.

Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment is the largest segment of the 
Company and accounted for 85% of consolidated revenue for the year 
ended December 31, 2016. This segment includes the Bredero Shaw, 
Canusa-CPS, Shaw Pipeline Services, Flexpipe Systems, Guardian, 
Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly “Desert NDT”) and Lake Superior 
Consulting divisions. 

•   Bredero Shaw’s product offerings include specialized internal anti-

corrosion and flow efficiency pipe coating systems, insulation coating 
systems, weight coating systems and custom coating and field joint 
application services for onshore and offshore pipelines. During 2015, 
the Socotherm division was integrated with the Bredero Shaw division.

•   Canusa-CPS manufactures heat-shrinkable sleeves, adhesives, 
sealants and liquid coatings for corrosion protection on onshore  
and offshore pipelines.

•   Shaw Pipeline Services provides ultrasonic and radiographic pipeline 
girth weld inspection services to pipeline operators and construction 
contractors worldwide for both onshore and offshore pipelines.

•   Flexpipe Systems manufactures spoolable composite pipe systems 

used for oil and gas gathering, water disposal, carbon dioxide injection 
pipelines and other applications requiring corrosion resistance and 
high pressure capabilities.

6

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS •   Guardian provides a complete range of tubular management  

•   the Company’s operational effectiveness and its ability to maintain 

services including inventory management systems, mobile inspection, 
in-plant inspection and the refurbishment and rethreading of drill  
pipe, production tubing and casing.

•   Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly “Desert NDT”) provides  
non-destructive testing services for new oil and gas gathering 
pipelines and oilfield infrastructure integrity management services.

•   Lake Superior Consulting provides pipeline engineering and integrity 
management services to major North American pipeline operators.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment, which consists of the 
Connection Systems division, accounted for 15% of consolidated 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016. Operations within  
this segment utilize polymer and adhesive technologies that were 
developed for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and are now  
being applied to applications in Petrochemical and Industrial markets.  
The Connection Systems division was formed from the 2015 integration 
of the DSG-Canusa and Shawflex divisions. 

•   Connection Systems is a global manufacturer of heat-shrinkable 

products including thin, medium and heavy-walled tubing, sleeves and 
molded products as well as heat-shrink accessories and equipment.

•   Connection Systems also manufactures wire and cable for  
control, instrumentation, thermocouple, power, marine and  
robotics applications. 

1.2  Vision and Objectives
Shawcor’s vision and business strategy is to be a market leader  
and technology innovator with a primary focus on the global pipeline 
industry and to use this base as a platform to build a global integrated 
energy services company while achieving the following key  
performance objectives:

•   generate a Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) of 15% over the full 

business cycle; 

•   generate average annual net income growth of 15% over the full 

business cycle;

•   continuously improve health, safety and environmental (“HSE”) 

performance, as measured by recordable injuries per million person 
hours worked, to support the Company’s commitment to an Incident 
and Injury Free (“IIF”) workplace.

1.3  Key Performance Drivers
The Company believes the following key performance drivers are critical 
to the success of its businesses:

•   demand for the Company’s products and services that is primarily 

determined by investment in new energy infrastructure necessary  
to supply global energy needs;

•   current and forecasted oil and gas commodity prices and  

availability of capital to enable customers to finance energy 
infrastructure investment; 

•   the Company’s competitive position globally and its ability to maintain 

operations in each of the major oil and gas producing regions;

•   the Company’s technology and its ability to research and 

commercialize innovative products that provide added value to 
customers and provide competitive differentiation;

efficient utilization of productive capacity at each geographic location;

•   access to capital and maintenance of sufficient available liquidity to 

support continuing operations and finance growth activities;

•   the ability to identify and execute successful business acquisitions 

that result in strategic global growth; and

•   the ability to attract and retain key personnel.

1.4  Key Performance Indicators
Several of the drivers identified above are beyond the Company’s 
control; however there are certain key performance indicators that  
the Company utilizes to monitor its progress in achieving its vision  
and performance objectives. These indicators are detailed below.

Certain of the following key performance indicators used by Shawcor are 
not measurements in accordance with GAAP, should not be considered 
as an alternative to net income or any other measure of performance 
under GAAP and may not necessarily be comparable to similarly titled 
measures of other entities. Refer to Section 12 – Reconciliation of Non-
GAAP Measures, for additional information with respect to Non-GAAP 
measures used by the Company.

Net Income Growth
As part of its performance objectives, the Company has set a goal for 
average annual net income growth of 15% over the full business cycle, as 
described in Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. Net income (attributable 
to shareholders of the Company) decreased by $279.2 million from 
$98.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to a net loss of 
$181.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This was mainly 
due to the $320.5 million decrease in Operating Income, a $3.4 million 
higher loss from investments in associates and a $3.0 million higher cost 
associated with repayment and modification of long term debt. This was 
partially offset by a $19.2 million arbitration award, lower finance costs  
of $2.3 million and a $25.3 million decrease in income tax expense.

Return on Invested Capital
Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”), a non-GAAP measure, is defined 
as net income for the year adjusted for after tax interest expense 
divided by average invested capital for the most recently completed 
year. ROIC does not have a standardized meaning under GAAP and 
may not necessarily be comparable to similar titled measures used by 
other entities. ROIC is used by the Company to assess the efficiency 
of generating profits from each unit of invested capital. As part of its 
performance objectives, the Company has set an ROIC target of 15%,  
as described in Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. The Company’s  
ROIC for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was (11.8%) 
and 7.5%, respectively. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease of 
$277.2 million in net income for the year, adjusted for after-tax interest 
expense, offset by a decrease in average invested capital of $104.9 million.

Safety and Environmental Stewardship
The Company maintains a comprehensive HSE management system 
in place within each of its eight operating divisions and is committed 
to being an IIF workplace with no damage to the environment. For the 
years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company 
had recordable injuries per million person hours worked of 4.5 and 6.7, 
respectively. During 2016, the Company completed 15 HSE audits  
at manufacturing and service locations across all eight divisions  
and developed action plans to correct any deficiencies identified  
in the audits. 

7

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 1.5  Capability to Deliver Results

Capital Resources
The Company operates in the global energy industry and, as a result,  
the operations of the Company tend to be cyclical. In addition, the 
Company can undertake major pipe coating projects anywhere in the 
world as part of its normal operations. These factors, as well as the 
Company’s growth initiatives, can result in variations in the amount  
of investment in property, plant and equipment, working capital and 
project guarantees required to support the Company’s businesses.  
The Company’s policy is to manage its financial resources, including  
debt facilities, so as to maintain sufficient financial capacity to fund 
these investment requirements.

Capital expenditures increased by $26.3 million from $61.2 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2015 to $87.5 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2016. The Company believes it has sufficient available 
resources and capacity to meet the market demand for its products and 
services in the markets where the Company operates. The Company 
may, however, incur new capital expenditures to respond to market 
demand growth and to facilitate growth in new markets.

The Company expects that as a result of growth in revenue, it will 
increase its investment in net working capital during 2017. This expected 
increase in requirements will be financed from the Company’s cash 
balances and available committed credit facilities. In order to improve 
the Company’s capital resources and fund working capital and growth 
investment requirements, the Company completed an equity issue in 
December 2016 for net proceeds of $165.3 million. The Company had 
cash and cash equivalents and short term investments of $196.7 million 
and $263.6 million as at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively,  
and had unutilized lines of credit available of $399.2 million and  
$491.9 million, as at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

As described in Section 5.5 – Credit Facilities, the Company renegotiated 
the terms of its debt covenants with respect to its Credit Facility and 
Senior Notes to improve its flexibility and ability to handle the risks and 
opportunities posed by the current market environment and to ensure 
that it remains in compliance with the terms of these agreements. The 
term of its Credit Facility was extended to December 6, 2019. 

Please refer to Section 5 – Liquidity and Capitalization, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s liquidity and financial position.

Non-Capital Resources
The Company considers its people as the most significant non-capital 
resource required in order to achieve the vision and objectives identified 
above. The Company’s executives are comprised of senior business 
leaders who bring a broad range of experience and skill sets in the oil  
and gas industry, finance, tax, law and corporate governance. The 
leadership team’s experience combined with the employees’ knowledge 
and dedication to excellence has resulted in a long history of proven 
financial success and stability, with the resulting creation of value for  
the Company’s stakeholders. 

On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors its succession planning 
program in order to mitigate the impact of planned or unplanned 
departures of key personnel. As at December 31, 2016, the Company 
believes it has sufficient human resources to continue to operate its 
businesses and execute its strategic plan. 

Systems and Processes
Management regularly reviews the Company’s operational systems and 
processes and develops new ones as required. Key operational programs 
utilized by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2016 
included systems and controls over project bidding, capital expenditures, 
internal controls over financial reporting, product development, HSE 
management and human resource development. In addition, the Shawcor 
Management System program has been implemented to increase 
operating efficiency and achieve significant cost savings in each of  
the Company’s eight divisions.

As at December 31, 2016, the Company believes it has sufficient 
systems and processes in place to continue to operate its businesses 
and execute its strategic plan.

8

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 2.0  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

2.1  Selected Financial Information

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Gross Profit  

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Gains on sale of land  
Impairment 

(Loss) Income from Operations  
Gain on assets held for sale 
(Loss) income from investments in associates 
Loss on investments in joint ventures  
Finance costs, net  
Costs associated with repayment and modification of long-term debt 
Gain from arbitration award 

(Loss) Income before Income Taxes    
Income taxes  

Net (Loss) Income  

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Net (Loss) Income(a)  

Per Share Information: 
Earnings (Loss) per Share 
  Basic  
  Diluted  
Cash Dividend per Share: 
  Common Shares 

Year Ended December 31,

2016 

2015 

 2014

$  1,209,259 
816,775 

$  1,810,648 

$  1,890,029

1,204,306 

1,166,319

392,484 

320,643 
13,239 
(1,386) 
57,255 
23,035 
(6,493) 
157,311 

(171,120) 
– 
(3,536) 
– 
(15,915) 
(3,009) 
19,221 

(174,359) 
6,207 

606,342 

371,954 

13,664 

(7,868) 

58,019 

21,368 

(814) 

590 

149,429 

– 

(114) 

– 

(18,244) 

– 

– 

131,071 

31,551 

723,710

375,153

13,053

(3,747)

55,219

15,587

(609)

120,378

148,676

6,427

877

(22,375)

(18,401)

–

–

115,204

21,010

$ 

(180,566) 

$ 

99,520 

$ 

94,194

(180,960) 
394 

(180,566) 

98,244 

1,276 

99,520 

94,861

(667)

94,194

$ 

$ 

$ 

(2.80) 
(2.80) 

0.600 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.52 

1.52 

0.600 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.55

1.53

0.575

(a)   Please refer to Section 4.1 – Consolidated Information for further details on the variance to net income for 2016 compared to 2015. Please refer to the company’s 2015 MD&A for 

further details on the variance in net income for 2015 compared to 2014.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total Assets 
Total Non-current Liabilities 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015 

December 31 
2014

$  1,777,791 
$  339,298 

$  2,145,705 

$  1,939,970

$ 

579,839 

$ 

524,462

9

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.2  Foreign Exchange Impact
The following table sets forth the significant currencies in which the Company operates and the average foreign exchange rates for these currencies 
versus the Canadian dollar, for the following periods:

US Dollar 
Euro   
British Pound 

Year Ended December 31 

2016 

1.3284 
1.4633 
1.7991 

2015

1.2794

1.4231

1.9544

The following table sets forth the impact on revenue, operating income and net income, compared with the prior year, as a result of foreign exchange 
fluctuations on the translation of foreign currency operations.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

$ 

(490)

(4,945)

(6,863)

In addition to the translation impact noted above, the Company recorded 
a foreign exchange gain of $1.4 million in 2016, compared to a foreign 
exchange gain of $7.9 million in the prior year, as a result of the impact  
of changes in foreign exchange rates on monetary assets and liabilities 
and short term foreign currency intercompany loans within the group, 
net of hedging activities.

The Company has also received a contract for anti-corrosion coating 
of pipe that will be coated at the Company’s facilities in Asia Pacific and 
then transported to Mexico for concrete coating and delivery to the 
client for the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan pipeline. Including the anti-corrosion 
coating, the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project has an estimated revenue 
value to Shawcor in excess of $350 million. 

3.0  BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS 

Acquisition of Lake Superior Consulting
On January 5, 2016, the Company acquired the units of Lake Superior 
Consulting, LLC (“Lake Superior”) for approximately $37.3 million 
(US$26.9 million) inclusive of a $7.2 million (US$5.2 million) earn out 
paid in 2016. Lake Superior is a Duluth, Minnesota based professional 
services firm, specializing in pipeline engineering and integrity 
management services to major pipeline operators. The business operates 
from facilities in Minnesota, Texas, Nebraska, Kansas and North Dakota, 
provides pipeline design, engineering, inspection and commissioning  
as well as integrity management services. 

The acquisition of Lake Superior adds two new capabilities to the 
Company – pipeline engineering and integrity engineering. These 
capabilities, critical to our customers’ success, provide Shawcor the 
access to the domain knowledge it needs to continually improve its 
current portfolio of services and to develop value-added solutions. 

Repurchase of US$78 Million of Senior Notes
In April 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its existing cash  
balances to repurchase approximately US$78 million of its long-term 
debt (“Senior Notes”) at a purchase price of approximately US$79 million 
plus accrued interest. 

Sur de Texas – Tuxpan Contract Award
On July 8, 2016, the Company was awarded a conditional contract with 
a value in excess of $300 million from Infraestructura Marina del Golfo 
(IMG), a Mexican company majority-owned by TransCanada Corporation 
and partially owned by IEnova, for pipeline coating for the CFE Sur de 
Texas – Tuxpan gas pipeline project, a 690 km offshore pipeline that will 
run from the USA/Mexico international border near Brownsville, Texas to 
a location near Tuxpan, Mexico. The contract has since been finalized and 
is scheduled to be executed from two coating plants in Altamira, Mexico 
and involves the application of concrete weight coating. Coating has 
commenced with completion expected in early 2018.

Further Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit 
Facility and Repurchase of US$75 million of Senior Notes
On May 10, 2016, the Company entered into amending agreements 
with the holders of its Senior Notes and the syndicate of lenders under 
the Credit Facility. Subsequently, on December 6, 2016, the Company 
entered into further amending agreements with the holders of its Senior 
Notes and the syndicate of lenders under the Credit Facility, with the 
latest principal amendments as follows:

a)   an extension of the term of the Credit Facility from March 20, 2018 

to December 6, 2019 and a reduction in the size of the Credit Facility 
from US$325 million to US$317 million;

b)   the elimination of the requirement for the Company to meet a Total 

Debt to EBITDA covenant (the “Leverage Ratio”) for the quarter ending 
December 31, 2016 (“Q4 2016”); 

c)   the creation of a minimum EBITDA covenant of Cdn$15 million in 

respect of Q4 2016;

d)   an increase in the maximum Leverage Ratio to 3.50 to 1.00 and 3.25 

to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2017 (“Q1 2017”) and June 30,  
2017 (“Q2 2017”), respectively; with EBITDA for Q1 2017 to be calculated 
by multiplying the EBITDA for such quarter by 4 and with EBITDA for 
Q2 2017 to be calculated by adding the EBITDA for Q1 2017 and the 
EBITDA for Q2 2017 and then multiplying such sum by 2;

e)   a decrease in the minimum Interest Coverage Ratio/Fixed Charge 

Ratio (currently 2.5 to 1.0) to 1.5 to 1.0 for Q4 2016; 

f)   an amendment to the method of calculation of the Interest Coverage 
Ratio/Fixed Charge Ratio for Q1 2017 and Q2 2017 such that each of 
the components of such ratio (EBITDA, interest expense and rental 
payments) is calculated on a basis similar to the calculation of the 
Leverage Ratio for such quarters; and 

g)   increased interest rates and standby and other fees payable to Senior 
Note holders and under the Credit Facility during Q4 2016 and in any 
period when the Company is permitted an increased Leverage Ratio. 

10

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company incurred fees and expenses of $2.1 million and $0.9 million 
to implement these amendments in the second and fourth quarter of 
2016, respectively.

The Company also utilized a portion of its available Credit Facility to 
repurchase US$75 million of its Senior Notes on December 12, 2016  
at a price of US$75 million.

Equity Issuance
On December 7, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with a 
syndicate of underwriters (the “Underwriters”) led by TD Securities Inc. 
pursuant to which the Underwriters agreed to purchase from Shawcor 
on a bought deal basis and sell to the public 4,575,000 common 
shares of Shawcor at a price of $32.80 per common share for gross 
proceeds of $150 million (the “Offering”). In addition, Shawcor granted 

the Underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 686,250 
common shares at a price of $32.80 per common share to cover over-
allotments, if any, and for market stabilization purposes, during the 30 
days following the closing of the Offering (the “Over-Allotment Option”). 

On December 23, 2016, the Company closed the Offering and the 
full Over Allotment Option and issued 5,261,250 common shares for 
aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $173 million.

Shawcor used a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering to repay 
US$75 million (Cdn$101 million) of the Credit Facility debt and anticipates 
using the remainder to facilitate investments in working capital related 
to booked and future potential orders for large pipe coating projects, to 
fund future corporate investments, which may potentially include future 
acquisitions, and for general corporate purposes.

4.0  RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS

4.1  Consolidated Information

Revenue
The following table sets forth revenue by reportable operating segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline and Pipe Services  
Petrochemical and Industrial 
Elimination 

Consolidated 

2016 

2015 

Change

$  1,023,312 
187,418 
(1,471) 

$  1,631,147 

$ 

(607,835)

181,867 

(2,366) 

5,551

895

  1,209,259 

1,810,648 

(601,389)

Consolidated revenue decreased by $601.4 million, or 33%,  
from $1,810.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to  
$1,209.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, due to a 
decrease of $607.8 million, or 37%, in the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment, partially offset by an increase of $5.6 million, or 3%, in the 
Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

Revenue for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment during 2016  
was $1,023.3 million, or $607.8 million lower than in 2015, due to lower 
activity levels in all regions. Please refer to Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and 

Pipe Services Segment for additional disclosure with respect to  
the change in revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

Revenue for the Petrochemical and Industrial segment increased by 
$5.6 million during 2016 compared to 2015, due to higher activity levels 
in the North America and Asia Pacific regions, partially offset by lower 
revenue in Europe, Middle East, Africa and Russia (“EMAR”). Please refer 
to Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and Industrial Segment for additional 
disclosure with respect to the change in revenue in the Petrochemical 
and Industrial segment.

(Loss) Income from Operations (“Operating Income” or “Operating Loss”)
The following table sets forth Operating Income and Operating Margin for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

(Loss) Income from Operations 
Operating Margin(a)  

2016 

2015 

Change

$ 

(171,120) 
(14.2%) 

$ 

149,429 

$ 

(320,549)

8.3% 

(22.5%)

(a)   Operating Margin is defined as Operating Income divided by revenue and is a non-GAAP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are not 

necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. 

Operating Income decreased by $320.5 million from the year ended 
December 31, 2015, to an Operating Loss of $171.1 million in 2016. 
Operating Income was impacted by a year over year decrease in  
gross profit of $213.9 million, an increase in impairment charges of 
$156.7 million, a $0.9 million increase in amortization of property,  
plant, equipment and intangible assets and a reduction in net foreign 
exchange gain of $6.5 million. This was partially offset by a decrease  
in selling, general and administration (“SG&A”) expenses of $51.3 million, 
an increase in gain on sale of land of $5.7 million and a decrease in 
research and development expenses of $0.4 million.

The decrease in gross profit resulted from the lower revenue, as 
explained above, and a 1.0 percentage point decrease in gross margin. 

The decrease in the gross margin was attributable to changes in product 
and project mix, labour inefficiencies due to lower facility utilization and 
reduced manufacturing overhead absorption compared to the prior year, 
particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. 

SG&A expenses decreased by $51.3 million in the year ended  
December 31, 2016 compared to 2015, primarily due to a decrease in 
personnel related expenses of $28.1 million, a decrease in rental and 
building costs of $7.1 million, a $4.7 million reduction in a provision for 
import duties, a reduction in bank charges for performance guarantees 
and other fees of $4.3 million, a $3.4 million decrease in legal provisions 
and professional fees and a reduction in other costs of $2.9 million.

11

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance Costs, Net 
The following table sets forth the components of net finance costs for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long-term debt 

Finance costs – net 

$ 

 2016 

(3,108)  
4,739 
14,284 

2015 

Change

$ 

(1,009) 

$ 

(2,099)

3,359 

15,894 

1,380

(1,610)

$ 

15,915 

$ 

18,244 

$ 

(2,329)

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net finance cost was $15.9 million, compared to a net finance cost of $18.2 million for 2015. The decrease in 
net finance costs was primarily a result of lower interest expense on long-term debt as a result of the repayment of Senior Notes and higher interest 
income on short term deposits. This was partially offset by higher interest on borrowings during the year.

Income Taxes
The following table sets forth the income tax expenses for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax expense 

2016 

2015 

Change

$ 

6,207 

$ 

31,551 

$ 

(25,344)

The Company recorded an income tax expense of $6.2 million during the 
year ended December 31, 2016, compared to an income tax expense of 
$31.6 million (24% of income before income taxes) during the year ended 
December 31, 2015. The recording of an income tax expense in 2016, 
rather than an expected tax recovery, was due to the fact that a tax 
expense was incurred in jurisdictions where the Company was profitable, 
while some of the losses in the year were generated in jurisdictions 
where the Company was unable to record a tax benefit.

Net Income (attributable to shareholders of the Company)
Net income decreased by $279.2 million, from a Net Income of  
$98.2 million during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2015 
to a Net Loss of $181.0 million during the twelve month period ended 
December 31, 2016. This was mainly due to the $320.5 million decrease 
in Operating Income, as explained above, a $3.4 million higher loss from 
investments in associates and a $3.0 million higher cost associated with 
repayment and modification of long term debt. This was partially offset 
by a $19.2 million arbitration award against Wasco Energy, lower finance 
costs of $2.3 million and a $25.3 million decrease in income tax expense. 

4.2  Segment Information

4.2.1  Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment
The following table sets forth the revenue by geographic location, Operating (Loss) Income and Operating Margin for the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment for the year:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except Operating Margin) 

2016 

2015 

Change

North America 
Latin America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Operating (Loss) Income 
Operating Margin(a) 

$ 

491,567 
56,149 
365,291 
110,305 

$  1,023,312 

$ 

(186,163) 
 (18.2%) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

730,316 

$ 

(238,749)

150,783 

579,640 

170,408 

1,631,147 

148,853 

9.1% 

(94,634)

(214,349)

(60,103)

(607,835)

(335,016)

(27.3%)

$ 

$ 

a)   Operating Margin is defined as Operating Income divided by revenue and is a non-GAPP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are not 

necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies.

Revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment for the year ended 
December 31, 2016 was $1,023.3 million, a decrease of $607.8 million 
from $1,631.1 million in the prior year. Segment revenue was impacted  
by lower activity levels in all regions:

• 

 Revenue in North America decreased by $238.7 million, or 33%, 
primarily due to a decrease in tubular management services in 
Canada, lower pipe weld inspection services revenue in the USA and 
lower activity levels for small and large diameter pipe coatings in 
Canada and the USA. This was partially offset by the impact of the 
Lake Superior Consulting acquisition completed in the first quarter  
of 2016 and an increase in volumes of flexible composite pipe.

• 

• 

• 

 In Latin America, revenue was lower by $94.6 million, or 63%, mainly 
due to lower activity levels in Brazil and Argentina, combined with 
lower volumes at the Veracruz and Monterrey, Mexico facilities. 

 Revenue in EMAR decreased by $214.3 million, or 37%, primarily due 
to decreased pipe coating activity levels for the Shah Deniz project in 
the Caspian, lower activity levels at the RAK, Orkanger, Norway and 
Italian facilities and other field joint projects in the region. This was 
partially offset by higher activity levels at the Leith, Scotland facility.

 In Asia Pacific, revenue decreased by $60.1 million, or 35%,  
due to lower project volumes at the Kuantan, Malaysia and Kabil, 
Indonesia facilities. 

12

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Loss for the year ended December 31, 2016 was  
$186.2 million compared to Operating Income of $148.9 million for  
the prior year, a decrease of $335.0 million. The decrease in Operating 
Income is primarily due to the $157.3 million in impairment charges 
recorded in 2016, a decline in gross profit of $214.4 million, driven  
by a decrease in revenue of $607.8 million, as explained above and  

a 0.8 percentage point decrease in gross margin. The decrease in gross 
margin was due to unfavourable project mix, labour inefficiencies due to 
lower facility utilization and reduced manufacturing overhead absorption. 
Partially offsetting these negative factors was a reduction in SG&A 
expenses, as explained above, and a $5.7 million increase in gains on  
sale of land. 

4.2.2  Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
The following table sets forth the revenue by geographic location, Operating Income and Operating Margin for the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment for the year:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except Operating Margin) 

North America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacific 

Total Revenue 

Operating Income 
Operating Margin(a) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016 

114,512 
61,263 
11,643 

187,418 

29,987 
16.0% 

2015 

Change

$ 

106,984 

$ 

64,189 

10,694 

181,867 

28,686 

15.8% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7,528

(2,926)

949

5,551

1,301

23.4%

a)   Operating Margin is defined as Operating Income divided by revenue and is a non-GAPP measure. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under GAAP and are not 

necessarily comparable to similar measures provided by other companies.

Revenue increased in the year ended December 31, 2016 by $5.6 million, 
or 3%, to $187.4 million, compared to 2015, primarily due to increased 
heat shrinkable product shipments in North America and Asia Pacific. 

Operating Income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was  
$30.0 million compared to $28.7 million in 2015, an increase of  
$1.3 million, or 5%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in gross 
profit of $0.5 million as a result of an increase in revenue of $5.6 million, 
as explained above, and lower research and development expenses. 

4.2.3  Financial and Corporate
Financial and corporate costs include corporate expenses not allocated 
to the operating segments and other non-operating items, including 
foreign exchange gains and losses on foreign currency denominated 
cash and working capital balances. The financial and corporate division  
of Shawcor does not meet the definition of a reportable operating 
segment as defined in IFRS, as it does not earn revenue.

The following table sets forth the Company’s unallocated financial and corporate expenses, before foreign exchange gains and losses, for the year:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial and corporate expenses 

2016 

2015 

Change

$ 

(22,823) 

$ 

(36,792) 

$ 

13,969

Financial and corporate costs decreased by $14.0 million from the year 
ended December 31, 2015 to $22.8 million in 2016. The decrease was 
primarily due to reductions in personnel related expenses of $8.3 million 
and in professional consulting and legal fees of $1.8 million, a $8.5 million 
decrease as a result of higher allocations to the operating segments for 

information systems expenses and a reduction of $2.9 million in bank 
and other costs. This was partially offset by an increase in stock based 
and long term management incentive expenses of $6.0 million and a  
$1.5 million increase in equipment and product development costs.

5.0  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash flows by activity and cash balances for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net (Loss) Income  
Non-cash items 
Settlement of decommissioning obligations 
Settlement of other provisions 
Net change in employee future benefits 
Net change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 

Cash provided by operating activities 
Cash used in investing activities 
Cash used in financing activities 
Foreign exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents 

Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of Year 

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year 

 2016 

2015

$ 

(180,566) 
234,048 
(292) 
(16,288) 
56 
94,935 

131,893 
(111,360) 
(72,556) 
(13,798) 

(65,821) 
260,645 

$ 

99,520

116,788

(2,658)

(24,143)

63

91,471

281,041

(120,900)

(46,402)

30,350

144,089

116,556

$ 

194,824 

$ 

260,645

13

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.2  Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $111.4 million, a decrease  
of $9.5 million or 7.9% compared to the prior year. The decrease  
was primarily due to a decrease in business acquisition costs of  
$19.2 million (cash costs net of cash acquired), decreases in  
investments in associates by $10.5 million, and in short term  
investment of $3.5 million. Further, there were increases in proceeds 
from the sale of assets of $8.4 million, and in deferred purchase of 
consideration of $1.3 million, contributing to the overall decrease. This 
was partially offset by the Company’s increased spending on the 
purchase of property, plant and equipment by $28.1 million, increases  
in other assets of $4.5 million and in loan receivable of $1.1 million.

5.3  Cash Used in Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities during 2016 was $72.6 million, an 
increase of $26.2 million or 56.4% compared to the prior year. The 
change was primarily due to the repayments of long-term debt of 
$202.6 million. This was partially offset by the increases arising from 
the issuance of common shares for net proceeds of $167.1 million in 
2016, higher bank indebtedness of $7.1 million and a reduction in the 
repayment of loans payable of $2.0 million.

The Company expects to generate sufficient cash flows and have 
continued access to its credit facilities to meet contractual obligations 
and planned development and growth initiatives as and when they are 
required. Access to credit facilities is dependent on the Company’s 
compliance with its debt covenants as outlined in Section 5.5. The 
Company expects that working capital investment will be required 
to support revenue growth consistent with historical working capital 
measures as noted in Section 5.4. The Company typically utilizes its 
available cash balances and its committed credit facilities to fund 
working capital requirements. 

5.1  Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $131.9 million in 2016, a 
decrease of $149.1 million or 53.1% compared to the prior year. This was 
due to a decrease in net income of $280.1 million, partially offset by 
an increase in non-cash items of $117.3 million and lower settlements 
of decommissioning liabilities and other provisions of $10.2 million and 
higher cash provided by non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 
of $3.5 million. Net income decreased due to the reasons discussed in 
Section 4.1 while the increase in non-cash items primarily reflected the 
impairment charges reported in 2016.

The increase in cash provided by non-cash working capital and foreign 
exchange was due to net reductions in accounts receivable, income 
taxes receivable and inventories of $71.1 million and an increase in 
deferred revenue of $89.3 million, partially offset by a net decrease  
in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $153.4 million. 

5.4  Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures

Accounts Receivables
The following table sets forth the Company’s average trade accounts receivable – net balance and days sales outstanding in trade accounts 
receivables (“DSO”) as at December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

Average trade accounts receivable  
DSO(a) 

2016 

2015 

Change

$ 

182,331 

$ 

301,966 

$ 

(119,635)

50 

60 

(10)

(a)   The Company calculates DSO as the average number of days that trade accounts receivables-net (which excludes unbilled and other receivables) are outstanding based on a 90 day 
cycle. DSO is a non-GAAP measure and does not have a standardized meaning and the Company’s method of calculating may differ from that used by other entities, and as a result 
may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by others. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.

Average trade accounts receivables decreased by $119.6 million or 40% as at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015, due to a decrease 
in revenue in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared with a year ago. DSO decreased by 10 days from 60 days during 2015 to 50 days during 2016, 
primarily due to the timing of sales and collection of receivables in 2016 compared to the prior year.

Inventory
The following table sets forth the Company’s inventory balance as at December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Inventory 

2016 

 2015 

Change

$ 

113,485 

$ 

167,557 

$ 

(54,072)

Inventories decreased by $54.1 million or 32% as at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015, due to reductions in raw materials and 
finished goods of $21.3 million and $28.0 million, respectively, and an increase in the inventory obsolescence provisions of $3.2 million. This was 
partially offset by an increase in work in progress inventory of $1.6 million. 

Accounts Payable
The following table sets forth the Company’s average accounts payable balance and days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities (“DPO”) as at: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO) 

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities    
DPO(a) 

2016 

2015 

Change

$ 

205,602 

$ 

288,383 

$ 

(82,781)

84 

86 

(2)

(a)   The Company calculates DPO as the number of days from when purchased goods and services are received until payment is made to the suppliers based on a 90 day cycle. DPO 
is a non-GAAP measure, and does not have a standardized meaning and the Company’s method of calculating may differ from that used by other entities, and as a result may not 
necessarily be comparable to measures used by others. See Section 12.0 – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures.

14

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased by $82.8 million or 29% as at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015.  
DPO decreased by 2 days from 2015 levels, due to changes in the timing of purchases in 2016 compared with the prior year.

5.5  Credit Facilities

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 

Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 

Unutilized credit facilities 

a)  The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed 
Bank Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) for a period of five years, with  
terms and conditions similar to the prior agreement, except that  
the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from  
US$150 million to US$250 million, with an option to increase the credit 
limit to US$400 million with the consent of the lenders. On June 16, 
2014, the option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million was 
exercised with the consent of the lenders and a new option to increase 
the credit limit to US$550 million with the consent of the lenders was 
added. The Company pays a floating interest rate on this Credit Facility 
that is a function of the Company’s Total Debt to Earnings Before 
Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. Allowable 
credit utilization outside of this facility is US$50 million. During 2016, 
the Company and the lenders agreed to certain amendments to the 
Credit Facility. These amendments are described below in the section 
captioned, “Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility”. 

Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility
On May 10, 2016, the Company entered into amending agreements 
with the holders of its Senior Notes and the syndicate of lenders under 
the Credit Facility. Subsequently, on December 6, 2016, the Company 
entered into further amending agreements with the holders of its Senior 
Notes and the syndicate of lenders under the Credit Facility, with the 
latest principal amendments as follows:

a)   an extension of the term of the Credit Facility from March 20, 2018 

to December 6, 2019 and a reduction in the size of the Credit Facility 
from US$325 million to US$317 million;

$ 

 2016 

2,463 
90,898 

93,361 
492,610 

$ 

 2015

 –

132,052

132,052

623,970

$  399,249 

$ 

491,918

b)   the elimination of the requirement for the Company to meet a Total 

Debt to EBITDA covenant (the “Leverage Ratio”) for the quarter ending 
December 31, 2016 (“Q4 2016”); 

c)   the creation of a minimum EBITDA covenant of Cdn$15 million in 

respect of Q4 2016;

d)   an increase in the maximum Leverage Ratio to 3.50 to 1.00 and  

3.25 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2017 (“Q1 2017”) and 
June 30, 2017 (“Q2 2017”), respectively; with EBITDA for Q1 2017 to 
be calculated by multiplying the EBITDA for such quarter by 4 and 
with EBITDA for Q2 2017 to be calculated by adding the EBITDA for Q1 
2017 and the EBITDA for Q2 2017 and then multiplying such sum by 2;

e)   a decrease in the minimum Interest Coverage Ratio/Fixed Charge 

Ratio (currently 2.5 to 1.0) to 1.5 to 1.0 for Q4 2016; 

f)   an amendment to the method of calculation of the Interest Coverage 
Ratio/Fixed Charge Ratio for Q1 2017 and Q2 2017 such that each of 
the components of such ratio (EBITDA, interest expense and rental 
payments) is calculated on a basis similar to the calculation of the 
Leverage Ratio for such quarters; and 

g)   increased interest rates and standby and other fees payable to Senior 
Note holders and under the Credit Facility during Q4 2016 and in any 
period when the Company is permitted an increased Leverage Ratio. 

The Company incurred fees and expenses of $2.1 million and $0.9 million 
to implement these amendments in the second and fourth quarters of 
2016, respectively.

The Company was in compliance with these covenants as at  
December 31, 2016. 

5.6  Long-Term Debt
On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross proceeds of US$350 million (Cdn$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) to institutional investors as follows:

(in millions of Canadian dollars) 

Due Date 

Interest Rate 

Senior Notes, Series A 
Senior Notes, Series B 
Senior Notes, Series C 
Senior Notes, Series D 

March 31, 2020 

March 31, 2023 

March 31, 2025 

March 31, 2028 

2.98% 

3.67% 

3.82% 

4.07% 

December 31 
 2016 
(US$) 

December 31 
 2015 
(US$) 

December 31 
 2016 
(Cdn$) 

December 31 
 2015 
(Cdn$)

62 

57 

52 

26 

197 

100 

100 

100 

50 

350 

83 

76 

70 

35 

264 

139

139

139

68

485

15

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase of Senior Notes
In the second quarter of 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its 
existing cash balances to repurchase approximately US$78 million  
of its Senior Notes at a purchase price of approximately US$79 million 
($101.8 million at the then current exchange rate) plus accrued interest. 

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2016  
is $263.5 million (US$196.8 million) (2015 – $485.1 million  
(US$350.0 million)). The long-term debt has been designated  
as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in its US dollar  
functional currency subsidiary as described in Section 5.8 below. 

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its  
$172.6 million public offering proceeds to repurchase US$75 million  
of its Senior Notes at a purchase price of US$75 million ($100.7 million  
at the then current exchange rate) plus accrued interest. 

In respect of the long-term debt, the Company is required to maintain 
certain covenants that are consistent with the debt covenants described 
in Section 5.5 – Credit Facilities. The Company was in compliance with 
these covenants as at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

5.7  Commitments, Leases, Contingencies and Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Purchase commitments 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Bank indebtedness 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 
Operating lease commitments 

2017 
$ 

46,432 
88,980 
3,684 
2,463 
– 
9,376 
1,461 
24,709 

177,105 

2018 
$ 

2,105 
– 
– 
– 
– 
9,376 
1,397 
18,264 

31,142 

2019 
$ 

1,088 
– 
– 
– 
– 
9,376 
1,341 
16,851 

2020 
$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
82,513 
7,529 
1,338 
9,391 

2021 
$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
6,917 
1,335 
9,325 

Thereafter 
$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
181,015 
21,178 
9,248 
9,638 

28,656 

100,771 

17,577 

221,079 

Total 
$

49,625
88,980
3,684
2,463
263,528
63,752
16,120
88,178

576,330

Commitments and Contingencies
As part of the Company’s normal operations, it often enters into contracts, such as leases and purchase contracts, which obligate the Company to 
make disbursements in the future. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s future minimum finance lease payments as at December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total future minimum lease payments 
Less: imputed interest 

Balance of obligations under finance leases 
Less: current portion 

Non – current obligations under finance leases 

2016

$ 

16,120

(4,151)

11,969

950

$ 

11,019

Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be 
contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers and 
other third parties. Management believes that adequate provisions have 
been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not possible 
to estimate the extent of potential costs and losses, if any, management 
believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate resolution of 
such contingencies would not have a material adverse effect on the 
consolidated financial position of the Company.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a gain of  
$19.2 million resulting from an arbitration award against Wasco Energy.

term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds 
typically have a term of less than one year and are renewed, if required, 
over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company has 
not made and does not anticipate that it will be required to make material 
payments under these types of bonds.

The Company’s utilizes its credit facilities to support the Company’s 
bonds. The Company had utilized credit facilities of $90.9 million as at 
December 31, 2016 (December 31, 2015 – $132.1 million) for support 
of its bonds. In addition, as at December 31, 2016, the Company had 
$107.2 million of outstanding surety bonds through insurance companies 
(December 31, 2015 – $130.8 million). 

Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid 
and surety bonds through financial intermediaries to various customers 
in support of project contracts for the successful execution of these 
contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the 
contract, the customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of 
the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The 
contracts which these performance bonds support generally have a 

In May 2016, the Company entered into agreements to, among 
other things, reduce the size of its Credit Facility and amend certain 
covenants under the Credit Facility and its Senior Notes agreements 
and in December 2016, the Company made further amendments to its 
covenants under the Credit Facility and the Senior Notes agreements. 
Please refer to Section 5.5 for a description of the amendments to the 
Credit Facility and the amended covenants applicable to the Credit 
Facility and Senior Notes.

16

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.8  Financial Instruments and Other Instruments

Level 1  –   Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that 

Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value – Measurement, provides a hierarchy of valuation 
techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques 
are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those that reflect 
market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable 
inputs reflects the Company’s assumptions with respect to how market 
participants would price an asset or liability. These two inputs used to 
measure fair value fall into the following three different levels of the fair 
value hierarchy:

are observable.

Level 2 –   Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs 
other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from 
or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 –   Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or 

more significant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

The following table presents the fair value of financial assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy as at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets   
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Convertible preferred shares 
Deposit guarantee 

Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial instruments 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

194,824 

$ 

194,824 

$ 

1,890 

8,890 

9,393 

10,000 

112 

1,890 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

8,890 

9,393 

– 

112 

–

–

–

–

10,000

–

$ 

225,109 

$ 

196,714 

$ 

18,395 

$ 

10,000

$ 

$ 

2,463 

3,684 

236,734 

3,759 

$  246,640 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

$ 

2,463 

3,684 

236,734 

3,759 

$  246,640 

$ 

–

–

–

–

–

The derivative financial instruments relate to foreign exchange forward 
contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) and are 
valued by comparing the rates of the underlying contract (hedge rate 
for a forward contract or an exercise price for an option) to the year-end 
rates quoted in the market. 

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks 
including market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate 
risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management 
program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks 
to minimize potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial position 
and financial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of the 
Company’s management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly 
reported to the Board of Directors.

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada 
through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments 
in these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and 
non-operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. As a 
result, the Company’s consolidated revenue, expenses and financial 
position may be impacted by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates as 
these foreign currency amounts are translated into Canadian dollars. 
As at December 31, 2016, fluctuations of +/- 5% in the Canadian dollar, 

relative to those foreign currencies, would impact the Company’s 
consolidated revenue, income from operations, and net income 
(attributable to shareholders of the Company) for the year then ended 
by approximately $49.9 million, $5.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively, 
prior to hedging activities. In addition, such fluctuations would impact  
the Company’s consolidated total assets, consolidated total liabilities  
and consolidated total equity by $61.2 million, $18.0 million and  
$43.2 million, respectively.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management 
activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the 
Company’s foreign currency-denominated cash streams and the 
resulting variability of the Company’s income. The Company utilizes 
foreign exchange forward contracts to manage this foreign exchange 
risk. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange forward 
contracts for speculative purposes. With the exception of the  
Company’s US dollar based operations, the Company does not  
hedge translation exposures.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
The Company utilizes financial instruments to manage the risk 
associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally 
documents all relationships between hedging instruments and the  
hedge items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy  
for undertaking various hedge transactions. 

17

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under foreign exchange contracts, the average contractual exchange rates and the 
settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts)  

Canadian Dollars Sold for US Dollars   
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for Canadian Dollars   
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for Malaysian Ringgits 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for Euros 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for British Pounds 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
British Pounds Sold for US Dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Norwegian Kroner Sold for US Dollars  
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Euros Sold for US Dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

   Cdn$ 6,445
 0.76

  US$ 12,000

1.32

  US$ 6,500

4.27

  US$ 22,111

0.94

  US$ 1,225

0.82

£ 45

1.44

  NOK 103,181

0.12

€ 24,656

1.12

The Company does not apply hedge accounting to account for its 
foreign exchange forward contracts. 

As at December 31, 2016, the Company had notional amounts of  
$113.7 million of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding  
(2015 – $145.7 million) with the fair value of the Company’s net gain  
from all foreign exchange forward contracts totaling $1.1 million  
(2015 – $1.0 million net benefit).

Net Investment Hedge
The US dollar denominated long-term debt has been designated as  
a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, 
which has the US dollar as its functional currency. During the year  
ended December 31, 2016, a gain of $18.5 million (2015 – loss of  
$78.3 million) on the translation of the long-term debt was transferred  
to other comprehensive (loss) income to offset the loss on translation  
of the net investments in the subsidiary. There was no ineffectiveness  
of this hedge for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial Assets 
Cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Convertible preferred shares 

Financial Liabilities 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 
Bank indebtedness 
Long-term debt(a) 

Non-Interest 
Bearing 

Floating 
Rate 

Fixed 
Interest Rate 

Total

$ 

$ 

– 

– 

3,887 

10,000 

– 

– 

5,003 

– 

$ 

95,913 

$ 

95,913

1,890 

– 

– 

1,890

8,890

10,000

$ 

13,887 

$ 

5,003 

$ 

97,803 

$ 

116,693

$ 

90,898 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

2,463 

– 

– 

– 

263,528 

$ 

90,898

2,463

263,528

$ 

90,898 

$ 

2,463 

$ 

263,528 

$  356,889

(a)   As per the amendments to the Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility in May 2016 and December 2016, during any period when the Company is permitted an increased 

Leverage Ratio, increased interest rates and standby and other fees are payable to the Senior Notes holders and under the Credit Facility.

18

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from its floating rate 
Credit Facility and the Senior Notes and is not currently considered to  
be material.

Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, foreign 
exchange forward contracts, as well as credit exposure of customers, 
including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum credit risk is 
equal to the carrying value of the financial instruments.

The objective of managing counterparty credit risk is to prevent losses in 
financial assets. The Company is subject to considerable concentration 
of credit risk since the majority of its customers operate within the 
global energy industry and are therefore affected to a large extent by 
the same macroeconomic conditions and risks. The Company manages 
this credit risk by assessing the creditworthiness of all counterparties, 
taking into account their financial position, past experience and other 
factors. Management also establishes and regularly reviews credit limits 
of counterparties and monitors utilization of those credit limits on an 
ongoing basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, there was one customer who 
generated approximately 13% of total consolidated revenue (2015 – one 
customer generated approximately 18% of total consolidated revenue). 
As at December 31, 2016, this customer accounted for $10 million, or 
approximately 6%, of the Company’s total trade accounts receivable.

The carrying value of accounts receivable is reduced through the 
use of an allowance for doubtful accounts and the amount of the 
loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) 
with a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses. When 
a receivable balance is considered to be uncollectible, it is written off 
against the allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of 
amounts previously written off are credited against selling, general and 
administrative expenses. 

As at December 31, 2016, $11.6 million, or 7%, of trade accounts 
receivable was more than 90 days overdue, compared to $36.5 million 
or 13%, as at December 31, 2015. The Company expects to receive full 
payment on accounts receivable that are neither past due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Bad debt expense 
Recovery of amounts previously provided for 
Write-off of bad debts 
Impact of change in foreign exchange rates 

Balance – End of Year 

$ 

 2016 

(5,004) 
(1,317) 
265 
1,014 
177 

 2015

$ 

(12,516)

(3,512)

 731
 9,575
 718

$ 

 (4,865) 

$ 

(5,004)

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain 
sufficient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its  
liquidity requirements at any point in time. The Company achieves  
this by maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and through  
the availability of funding from committed credit facilities. As at 
December 31, 2016, the Company had cash and cash equivalents 
totalling $194.8 million (2015 – $260.6 million) and had unutilized lines  
of credit available to use of $399.2 million (2015 – $491.9 million). 

5.9  Outstanding Share Capital
As at February 28, 2017, the Company had 69,897,986 common  
shares outstanding. In addition, as at February 28, 2017, the Company 
had stock options and share units outstanding to purchase up to 
2,076,379 common shares. 

5.10  Transactions with Related Parties
The Company had no material transactions with related parties in the 
year ended December 31, 2016. All related party transactions were in  
the normal course of business. 

6.0  QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth the Company’s summary of selected financial information for the four quarters of 2016 and 2015:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts) 

Q1-2016 

Q2-2016 

Q3-2016 

Q4-2016

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Income (loss) from operations 
Net income (loss)(a) 
Earnings (Loss) per share 
  Basic  
  Diluted 

(a)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company.

$ 

365,579 

$ 

255,359 

$ 

15,950 

7,461 

(40,792) 

(41,678) 

259,139 
(167,975) 

(174,019) 

$ 

329,182

21,697

27,276

$ 

$ 

0.12 

0.12 

$ 

(0.65) 

(0.65) 

$ 

(2.69) 
(2.69) 

0.42

0.42

19

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts) 

Q1-2015 

Q2-2015 

Q3-2015 

Q4-2015

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Income (loss) from operations 
Net income (loss)(a) 
Earnings (Loss) per share 
  Basic  
  Diluted 

(a)  Attributable to shareholders of the Company.

The following are key factors affecting the comparability of quarterly 
financial results.

•   The Company’s operations in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, 
representing 85% of the Company’s consolidated revenue in 2016, 
are largely project-based. The nature and timing of projects can result 
in variability in the Company’s quarterly revenue and profitability. In 
addition, certain of the Company’s operations are subject to a degree 
of seasonality, particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. 

•   Over 80% of the Company’s revenue in 2016 was transacted in 

currencies other than Canadian dollars, with a majority transacted 
in US dollars. Changes in the rates of exchange between the 
Canadian dollar and other currencies could have a significant effect 
on the amount of this revenue when it is translated into Canadian 
dollars. Please refer to Section 2.2 – Foreign Exchange Impact, for 
additional information with respect to the effects of foreign exchange 
fluctuations on the results of the Company.

6.1  Fourth Quarter Highlights
Highlights of the Company’s 2016 fourth quarter include: 

Fourth Quarter 2016 versus Third Quarter 2016
•   Revenue: Consolidated revenue increased 27%, or $70.0 million, from 
$259.1 million during the third quarter of 2016 to $329.2 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2016, due to an increase of $73.1 million in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, partially offset by a decrease of 
$3.1 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

 Revenue increased by 34% in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, 
or $73.1 million, from $213.1 million in the third quarter of 2016 to 
$286.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, due to higher activity 
levels in all regions. Please refer to Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe 
Services Segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change 
in revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

 In the Petrochemical and Industrial segment, revenue was lower by 
$3.1 million, or 7%, in the fourth quarter of 2016, compared to the 
third quarter of 2016 due to lower activity levels in EMAR and North 
American regions. Please refer to Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and 
Industrial Segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change 
in revenue in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

•   Operating Income: Operating Income increased by $189.7 million, from 
an operating loss of $168.0 million during the third quarter of 2016 
to Operating Income of $21.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2016. 
Operating Income was positively impacted by increases in gross profit 
of $20.7 million, an increase in gains from sale of land of $5.1 million,  
a decrease in SG&A expenses of $7.3 million and the absence of 
$155.9 million in impairment charges recorded in the third quarter of 
2016. This was partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in research 
and development expenses. 

$ 

471,940 

$ 

398,020 

$ 

485,428 

$ 

455,260

55,616 

37,774 

(7,078) 

(8,538) 

55,195 

38,107 

45,696

30,901

$ 

$ 

0.59 

0.58 

$ 

(0.13) 

(0.13) 

$ 

0.59 

0.59 

0.48

0.48

 The increase in gross profit resulted from the higher revenue, as 
explained above, partially offset by a 0.8 percentage point decrease in 
the gross margin from the third quarter of 2016. The decrease in the 
gross margin percentage was primarily due to product and project mix 
and a $4.8 million reduction in the carrying value of inventory, partially 
offset by labour cost efficiencies due to higher facility utilization and 
increased absorption of manufacturing overheads.

 SG&A expenses decreased by $7.3 million, from $79.0 million in the 
third quarter of 2016 to $71.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, 
primarily due to a $6.8 million reduction in provisions for import  
duties and decommissioning liabilities and a $1.1 million decrease  
in personnel related expenses. 

•   Finance costs: In the fourth quarter of 2016, net finance costs were 
$2.9 million, compared to a net finance cost of $4.3 million during the 
third quarter of 2016. The decrease in net finance costs was primarily 
a result of higher interest income on short term deposits.

•   Income taxes: The Company recorded an income tax expense of  

$7.0 million (20% of income before income taxes) in the fourth quarter 
of 2016, compared to an income tax expense of $2.5 million in the 
third quarter of 2016. The effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 
2016 was lower than the expected income tax rate of 27% primarily 
due to a portion of the Company’s taxable income being earned in 
jurisdictions where the tax rate is 25% or less. 

•   Net Income: Net income increased by $201.3 million, from a net loss 
of $174.0 million during the third quarter of 2016 to a net income of 
$27.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2016. This was mainly due to 
the $189.7 million increase in Operating Income, as explained above, a 
$19.2 million arbitration award against Wasco Energy and a $1.5 million 
decrease in finance costs. This was partially offset by a $1.3 million 
higher loss from investments in associates and a $4.5 million increase 
in income tax expense. 

Fourth Quarter 2016 versus Fourth Quarter 2015
•   Revenue: Consolidated revenue decreased by $126.1 million,  

or 28%, from $455.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2015, to 
$329.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2016, due to decreases  
of $124.6 million in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and  
$2.3 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segments.

 In the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, revenue in the fourth 
quarter of 2016 was $286.2 million, or 30% lower than in the fourth 
quarter of 2015, due to decreased activity levels in EMAR, North 
America and Latin America, partially offset by higher activity levels in 
Asia Pacific. Please refer to Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe Services 
Segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change in 
revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

20

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 In the Petrochemical and Industrial segment, revenue decreased 
by $2.3 million, or 5%, during the fourth quarter of 2016, compared 
to the fourth quarter of 2015, due to lower activity levels in North 
America and EMAR. Please refer to Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and 
Industrial Segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change 
in revenue in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

•   Operating Income: Operating Income decreased by $24.0 million,  
from an Operating Income of $45.7 million in the fourth quarter of 
2015 to an Operating Income of $21.7 million during the fourth quarter 
of 2016. Operating Income was impacted by a decrease in gross profit 
of $44.0 million and a $4.9 million decrease in net foreign exchange 
gains. This was partially offset by decreases in SG&A expenses of 
$17.3 million, in research and development expenses of $0.3 million,  
in amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets of 
$1.1 million and an increase in gains from sale of land of $5.6 million. 

 The decrease in gross profit resulted from the lower revenue, as 
explained above, and a 0.6 percentage point decrease in gross 
margin. The decrease in the gross margin percentage was primarily 
attributable to product and project mix, a $4.8 million reduction in the 
carrying value of inventory, labour inefficiencies due to lower facility 
utilization and decreased absorption of manufacturing overheads.

 SG&A expenses in the fourth quarter of 2016 decreased by  
$17.3 million, primarily due to a $6.9 million reduction in provisions for 
import duties and decommissioning liabilities, a $7.2 million reduction  
in personnel related expenses, a $6.3 million decrease in legal 
provisions and professional fees, a decrease in restructuring costs 
relating to the closure of facilities of $3.5 million and a net reduction 
in other costs of $4.2 million. Partially offsetting these expense 
reductions was an increase in management incentive compensation 
expenses of $10.8 million as a result of provision reversals in the 
fourth quarter of 2015 and Shawcor share price appreciation in  
2016 versus a decline in 2015.

•   Finance costs: In the fourth quarter of 2016, net finance costs were 
$2.9 million, compared to a net finance cost of $4.7 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2015. The decrease in net finance costs was 
primarily a result of higher interest income on short term deposits. 

•   Income taxes: The Company recorded an income tax expense of  
$7.0 million (20% of income before income taxes) in the fourth  
quarter of 2016, compared to an income tax expense of $9.7 million 
(23% of income before income taxes) in the fourth quarter of 2015. 
The effective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2016 was lower than  
the expected income tax rate of 27% primarily due to a portion of  
the Company’s taxable income being earned in jurisdictions where  
the tax rate is 25% or less. 

•   Net Income: Net income decreased by $3.6 million, from $30.9 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2015 to $27.3 million during the fourth 
quarter of 2016. This was mainly due to the $24.0 million decrease  
in Operating Income, as explained above, and a $2.0 million higher  
loss from investments in associates. This was partially offset by a 
$19.2 million arbitration award against Wasco Energy, lower finance 
costs of $1.9 million and a $2.7 million decrease in income tax expense.

7.0   DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL 
CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The President and Chief Executive Officer and the Vice President, 
Finance and Chief Financial Officer, together with the management of  
the Company, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DC&Ps”) (as defined in the rules  
of the Canadian Securities Administrators) and the effectiveness of 
Internal Controls over Financial Reporting (“ICFRs”). Based on that 
evaluation, they have concluded that the Company’s DC&Ps were 
effective as at December 31, 2016. Furthermore, they have concluded 
that the Company’s ICFRs were effective as at December 31, 2016. 
There were no material changes in either the Company’s DC&Ps or  
its ICFRs during 2016.

8.0   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES 
AND ACCOUNTING POLICY DEVELOPMENTS

8.1  Critical Judgments
The following are critical judgments management has made in the 
process of applying accounting policies and that have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated 
financial statements.

Materiality
Assessments are made about whether line items are sufficiently material 
to warrant separate presentation in the primary financial statements or  
in the financial statement notes.

Determination of Reportable Operating Segments 
Management has exercised judgment in evaluating the defined aspects 
of its operating segments, aggregation criteria, and quantitative 
thresholds that form the reportable operating segments of the Company. 
Management has also exercised professional judgment in determining 
that the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is the Company’s 
Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Operating segments are 
reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided 
to the CODM. The CODM is responsible for allocating resources and 
assessing the performance of the operating segments.

Determination of Cash-Generating Units (“CGUs”)
Management has exercised judgment in identifying the CGUs of the 
Company. In performing impairment assessments of long-lived assets, 
assets that cannot be assessed individually are grouped together into 
the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. 
Determination of CGUs is also required for impairment testing of goodwill.

Business Acquisitions
Significant judgments and assumptions are made in compiling the 
purchase price allocation for acquired companies. Management  
has exercised professional judgment in determining the total 
consideration paid in an acquisition, including any contingent 
consideration, and in determining the assets and liabilities that should  
be part of the purchase price accounting. Management has also 
exercised judgment in identifying intangible assets and in choosing  
the appropriate valuation models and techniques to determine their  
fair values. Management has also exercised professional judgment  
in characterizing the composition of any residual goodwill and its 
allocation to CGUs benefiting from the goodwill. 

21

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
Provisions and Contingent Liabilities 
As at December 31, 2016, the Company had $56.4 million of provisions; 
of this amount $21.1 million was included in current liabilities and  
$35.3 million was included in non-current liabilities. Provisions and 
liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the 
period when it becomes probable that there will be a future outflow of 
economic benefits resulting from past operations or events and the 
amount of the cash outflow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application  
of judgment to existing facts and circumstances, which can be  
subject to change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities  
are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take into account changing  
facts and circumstances.

The Company is required to determine whether a loss is probable based 
on judgment and interpretation of laws and regulations and whether the 
loss can be reliably measured. When a loss is determined, it is charged to 
the consolidated statements of income. The Company must continually 
monitor known and potential contingent matters and make appropriate 
provisions by charges to income when warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
Management is required to apply judgment in determining whether any 
legal or constructive obligation exist to dismantle, remove or restore its 
assets, including any obligation to rehabilitate environmental damage on 
its properties. Management is required to make significant assumptions 
in determining the obligation for decommissioning liabilities. There are 
numerous factors that will affect the liability payable including the extent 
and costs of rehabilitation activities, technological changes, regulatory 
changes, cost increases, and changes in discount rates. 

Income Taxes
The calculation of income taxes requires judgment in interpreting tax 
rules and regulations. There are transactions and calculations for which 
the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The tax filings also are 
subject to audits, the outcome of which could change the amount of 
current and deferred tax assets and liabilities. Management believes  
that it has sufficient amounts accrued for outstanding tax matters  
based on information that currently is available.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax 
regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future 
taxable income. Management judgment is used to determine the 
amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities to be recognized, based 
upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profit together with 
future tax planning strategies. In particular, judgment is required when 
assessing the timing of the reversal of temporary differences to which 
future income tax rates are applied.

8.2  Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with 
IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during 
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill
As at December 31, 2016, the Company had $1,015.2 million of long-
lived assets and goodwill. The Company evaluates the carrying values 
of its CGUs’ goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year to 
determine whether or not impairment of these assets has occurred and 
whether write downs of the value of these assets are required. Similarly, 
the Company evaluates the carrying values of CGUs for long-lived 
assets whenever circumstances arise that could indicate impairment 
or reversal of impairment, and at each reporting date. These impairment 
tests include certain assumptions regarding discount rates and future 
cash flows generated by these assets in determining the value-in-use 
and fair value less costs to sell calculations. Actual results could differ 
from these assumptions and estimates.

Employee Future Benefit Obligations
As at December 31, 2016, the Company had $20.7 million of employee 
future benefit obligations. The Company provides future benefits 
to its employees under a number of defined benefit arrangements. 
The calculation of the defined benefit obligation recognized in the 
consolidated financial statements includes a number of assumptions 
regarding discount rates, rates of employee compensation increases, 
rates of inflation, and life expectancies. The outcome of any of these 
factors could differ from the estimates used in the calculations and  
have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and  
non-current liabilities.

Decommissioning Liabilities
As at December 31, 2016, the Company had decommissioning liabilities 
in the amount of $29.7 million; of this amount $5.9 million was included 
in the current provisions account and $23.8 million was recorded in the 
non-current provisions account. Decommissioning liabilities include legal 
and constructive obligations related to owned and leased facilities. These 
have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements based on 
estimated future amounts required to satisfy these obligations. The 
amount recognized is the present value of estimated future expenditures 
required to settle the obligation using a current pre-tax risk free rate. 

Financial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its  
financial instruments not traded in an active market based on 
appropriate valuation methodologies; however, considerable judgment  
is required to develop these estimates, mainly based on market 
conditions existing at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, 
these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts 
the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The estimated 
fair value amounts can be materially affected by the use of different 
assumptions or methodologies.

22

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related 
to the impact in the current year of future events. Differences between 
the estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax 
expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, income 
and losses in foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates different from 
those expected in Canada. Deferred income tax assets are recognized  
to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be 
available against which the losses can be utilized. 

Given the wide range of international business relationships and the 
long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, 
differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions 
made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future 
adjustments to taxable income and tax expense already recorded. The 
Company establishes liabilities, based on reasonable estimates, for 
possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities of the respective 
countries in which it operates. The amount of such liabilities is based 
on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and 
differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the 
responsible tax authority. Such differences in interpretation may arise  
for a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in  
the domicile of the respective entity.

8.3  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied

IAS 12, Income Taxes
On January 19, 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12, Income 
Taxes, relating to the recognition of deferred income tax assets for 
unrealized losses. The amendments are effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2017, with early adoption permitted. 
The Company does not expect a material impact on the consolidated 
financial statements from the adoption of these amendments.

IFRS 2, Share-based Payment 
In June 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based 
Payment in relation to the classification and measurement of  
share-based payment transactions. The amendments address  
three main areas:

•   The effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of  

a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; 

•   The classification of a share-based payment transaction with  
net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and

•   The accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions  
of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification  
from cash-settled to equity-settled.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after January 1, 2018. On adoption, entities are required to apply 
the amendments without restating prior periods, but retrospective 
application is permitted if elected for all three amendments and  
other criteria are met. Early application is permitted. The Company  
has not yet determined the impact of this standard on the consolidated 
financial statements.

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments
In July 2015, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9, Financial 
Instruments, which replaces all phases of the financial instruments 
project, IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement 
and all previous versions of IFRS 9. The standard introduces new 
requirements for classification and measurement, impairment, and hedge 
accounting. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company 
has not yet determined the impact of this standard on the consolidated 
financial statements.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2015, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts  
with Customers, which establishes a single comprehensive model for 
entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with 
customers. Under IFRS 15 revenue is recognized at an amount that 
reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled 
in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. The 
principles in IFRS 15 provide a more structured approach to measuring 
and recognizing revenue. The standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The Company is in the process of 
initiating data collection and will provide incremental disclosure leading 
up to its adoption of this standard in its interim and annual consolidated 
financial statements. 

IFRS 16, Leases
IFRS 16, issued by the IASB in January 2016, supersedes IAS 17, Leases 
(and related interpretations). The standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with earlier application permitted 
for entities that have also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers. The new standard provides a comprehensive model for the 
identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial 
statements of both lessees and lessors. The most significant effect of 
the new requirements will be an increase in leased assets and financial 
liabilities. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this 
standard on the consolidated financial statements.

8.4  New Accounting Standards Adopted

Amendments to IAS 1, Disclosure Initiative
The amendments to IAS 1, Disclosure Initiative clarify, rather  
than significantly change, existing IAS 1 requirements. The  
amendments clarify:

•   The materiality requirements in IAS 1; 

•   That specific line items in the statements of income, comprehensive 

income and financial position that may be disaggregated; 

•   That entities have flexibility as to the order in which they present  

the notes to the financial statements; and

•   That the share of OCI of associates and joint ventures accounted for 
using the equity method must be presented in aggregate as a single 
line item, and classified between those items that will or will not be 
subsequently reclassified to profit or loss.

23

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Furthermore, the amendments clarify the requirements that apply  
when additional subtotals are presented in the statement of financial 
position and the statements of income and comprehensive income. 
These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or  
after January 1, 2016. The Company’s adoption of these amendments 
did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements –  
Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests
The amendments to IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements – Accounting for 
Acquisitions of Interests require that a joint operator accounting for the 
acquisition of an interest in a joint operation, in which the activity of the 
joint operation constitutes a business, must apply the relevant IFRS 3, 
Business Combinations principles for business combination accounting. 
The amendments also clarify that a previously held interest in a joint 
operation is not remeasured on the acquisition of an additional interest 
in the same joint operation if joint control is retained. In addition, a scope 
exclusion has been added to IFRS 11 to specify that the amendments do 
not apply when the parties sharing joint control, including the reporting 
entity, are under common control of the same ultimate controlling party. 
These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2016, and are to be applied prospectively. The Company’s 
adoption of these amendments did not have a material impact on the 
consolidated financial statements.

IAS 16, Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38,  
Intangible Assets
In May 2015, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 16, Property, Plant  
and Equipment and IAS 38, Intangible Assets prohibiting the use of 
revenue-based depreciation for property, plant and equipment and 
significantly limiting the use of revenue-based amortization for intangible 
assets. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after January 1, 2016, and are to be applied prospectively. The 
Company’s adoption of these amendments did not have an impact  
on the consolidated financial statements. 

9.0  OUTLOOK

Since global oil and gas prices first declined in the second half of 2014, 
the Company has experienced weak market conditions that have 
impacted demand for the Company’s products and services. Lower 
expenditures by customers on the drilling and completion of wells has 
affected the Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – North America region 
and the curtailment in capital spending on new oil and gas development 
projects has impacted the international regions of the Pipeline and Pipe 
Services Segment. These trends were evident in the Company’s financial 
performance particularly in the second and third quarters of this year. 

However, commencing in the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company’s 
financial performance evidenced improving market demand which, 
combined with the growth in the Company’s order backlog, offers the 
potential that Shawcor will now sustain a trend of improving results. 
Critical to this outlook are two factors. The first is the level of North 
American upstream activity, and specifically the number of new oil and 
gas wells drilled and completed. Since reaching a low level of less than 
500 active drilling rigs in the second quarter of 2016, North American 
rig counts have more than doubled to over 1,000 rigs in early February 
2017. As rig counts improve, the demand for the Company’s gathering 
line pipeline products and services grows.

A second factor driving Shawcor’s outlook is the level of capital spending 
on pipeline infrastructure projects by the Company’s customers. Since 
late 2014, the decline in oil and gas prices has resulted in the delay or 
curtailment of large oil and gas greenfield development projects. This 
impact has been most evident for Shawcor in our international regions.  
In 2016, capital spending reductions also translated into substantially 
lower levels of small project activity both in North America and 
internationally. In the case of both large greenfield developments and 
smaller production sustaining capital projects, customers continue to 
limit commitments for new projects to ensure that capital spending is 
in line with reduced operating cash flow. Where the Company is seeing 
evidence of projects proceeding is in natural gas infrastructure, which 
is supported by strong economics and supportive political mandates 
to reduce hydrocarbon emissions in electricity generation. One such 
example is the US$2.1 billion Sur de Texas – Tuxpan undersea natural  
gas pipeline in Mexico, which is expected to generate approximately 
$350 million in pipe coating revenue for Shawcor during 2017. This 
project, combined with a modest but steady improvement in North 
American well completion activity, is expected to enable the Company  
to deliver strong growth in financial performance in 2017. Further detail 
on the outlook for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment by region  
and in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment is set out below.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – North America
Market demand in Shawcor’s North American Pipeline segment 
businesses is closely tied to well completion activity in North America 
which drives the demand for small diameter pipe coating and joint 
protection, composite pipe for gathering line applications, OCTG pipe 
inspection and refurbishment and gathering line girth weld inspection. 
Demand for these products and services is expected to fluctuate 
with changes in global oil and gas prices and the resulting volume of 
wells drilled and completed. As noted above, drilling rig counts in North 
America bottomed in the second quarter of 2016 and have improved 
through early 2017. This should enable some modest improvement in 
revenue for these businesses in 2017. To gain the opportunity associated 
with increased well completions, the Company will need to be successful 
in scaling operations to meet activity as well as managing significant 
potential volatility.

In addition to changes in market demand, the Company’s North American 
Pipeline segment businesses expect to generate increased revenue 
in 2017 from new growth initiatives. Areas of focus include increased 
shipments of composite pipe to international markets, the expansion of 
the composite pipe product line to include the new six inch and eight inch 
FlexFlow composite pipe product, and the continued expansion of new 
non-destructive testing services to midstream and oilfield infrastructure 
integrity applications.

The final driver of revenue in the Company’s North American Pipeline 
segment relates to the build of new pipeline infrastructure. Offshore 
projects in the Gulf of Mexico are likely to be limited to smaller projects 
that provide tie-back infrastructure until such time as a sustained 
improvement in oil prices supports new greenfield developments. For 
large diameter onshore transmission lines, the Company is actively 
engaged with customers on upfront engineering and bidding for a 
number of large pipe coating projects. However, these projects must 
overcome a number of regulatory and possible legal challenges before 
they can proceed and thus are likely to benefit 2018 at the earliest.

24

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Latin America
Of the Company’s geographic regions, the Latin America Pipeline 
segment region will provide the most certainty for financial performance 
improvement in 2017. The Company has now commenced concrete 
weight coating operations in Altamira, Mexico on the $350 million Sur 
de Texas – Tuxpan project. Pipe deliveries to the site are proceeding 
on schedule and the first of two mobile plants is now operational. The 
second plant will enter production in May and full production of the 
project should be achieved by the end of the second quarter. With the 
vast majority of the project revenue expected to be realized in 2017, 
the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project should provide a strong source for 
improved Shawcor financial performance in 2017.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – EMAR
Revenue in the EMAR Pipeline segment region is expected to move 
significantly lower in 2017 as a result of the completion of pipe coating 
for the Shah Deniz project and the two South Stream projects in 2016 
and the fact that pipeline operators continue to defer capital spending 
projects, both large greenfield offshore oil developments and smaller 
production sustaining projects. However, with the South Stream pipelines 
now proceeding based on a revised route to Turkey, and the Nord 
Stream 2 pipelines scheduled for construction, the Company is pursuing 
significant revenue opportunities for girth weld inspection, pipeline joint 
protection and pipe end preservation on these pipelines which would 
support growth in revenue in 2018. Also potentially impacting 2018 are  
a number of projects in the region that the Company is either bidding or 
on which it has provided budgetary estimates.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Asia Pacific
Following a steep decline in revenue in 2016, the Company is now 
expecting revenue to recover in the Asia Pacific region based on 
continued production in the first quarter of 2017 of the flow assurance 
work for the Shah Deniz project and the anti-corrosion coating for pipe 
destined for Mexico for the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project. In the second 
quarter and continuing throughout 2017, healthy growth over 2016  
levels is expected to continue based on booked projects included in  
the order backlog and bidding opportunities that are approaching award. 

Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
Shawcor’s Petrochemical and Industrial segment businesses continue 
to deliver steady growth in revenue and earnings based on consistent 
demand growth in the North American and European automotive, 
industrial and nuclear refurbishment markets served by the segment. 
This trend is expected to continue in 2017 as new capacity for control 
cable and sealing and insulation products enters production and relieves 
capacity constraints that are currently limiting revenue growth.

Order Backlog
The Company’s order backlog consists of firm customer orders only 
and represents the revenue the Company expects to realize on booked 
orders over the succeeding twelve months. The Company reports the 
twelve month billable backlog because it provides a leading indicator 
of significant changes in consolidated revenue. The order backlog at 
December 31, 2016 of $650 million improved by 7% from $606 million 
at September 30, 2016 and was over 44% improved from the backlog at 
the start of the year. The increase in the backlog is due primarily to the 

inclusion of the booked order for the Sur de Texas – Tuxpan project in 
Mexico. This project has an estimated value in excess of $350 million of 
which over 90% is now included in the backlog at December 30, 2016, 
with the remainder scheduled for production in early 2018.

In addition to the backlog, the Company closely monitors its bidding 
activity and the value of outstanding firm bids is currently in excess of 
$700 million. In addition, the Company has provided budgetary estimates 
and is currently working with customers on projects with aggregate 
values of in excess of $1.7 billion. These projects provide a solid basis  
for potential backlog growth in 2017 and beyond.

10.0  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Operating in an international environment, servicing predominantly the 
oil and gas industry, Shawcor faces a number of business risks and 
uncertainties that could materially and adversely affect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The following summarizes the Company’s risks and uncertainties and 
how it manages and mitigates each risk:

10.1  Economic Risks
A decline in global drilling activity as a consequence of lower global oil 
and gas prices would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
drilling activity, which, in turn depends on global oil and gas demand, 
prices and production depletion rates. Lower drilling activity decreases 
demand for the Company’s products and services, including small 
diameter pipe coating, composite pipe, gathering line weld inspection and 
tubular inspection and inventory management services. These business 
activities represented approximately 20% of 2016 revenues.

An economic downturn or a continued global decline in energy prices 
could materially adversely affect demand for the Company’s products 
and services and, consequently, its projections, business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

Demand for oil and natural gas is influenced by numerous factors, 
including the North American and worldwide economies as well  
as activities of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries 
(“OPEC”). Economic declines impact demand for oil and natural gas  
and result in a softening of oil and gas prices and projected oil and gas 
drilling activity. If economic conditions or international markets decline 
to an extent or for a duration which is unexpected, the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition 
could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if actions by OPEC 
and other oil producers to increase production of oil adversely affect 
world oil prices or result in the maintenance of existing prices, additional 
declines in rig counts could result, and the Company’s projections, 
business, results of operations and financial condition could be 
materially adversely affected. Similarly, demand for the products of the 
Petrochemical and Industrial segment’s businesses is largely dependent 
on the level of general economic activity in North America and Europe. 
Decreases in economic activity in these regions could result in significant 
decreases in activity levels in these businesses.

25

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS A cyclical decline in the level of global pipeline construction could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business, 
results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
pipeline construction activity which in turn relates to the growth in 
demand for oil and natural gas and the availability of new supplies 
to meet this increased demand. Reductions in capital spending by 
producers could dampen demand for the Company’s products and 
services supplied in pipeline markets.

Economic Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate economic risks. However, the 
Company maintains a competitive geographical presence in a diverse 
number of regions and has implemented several systems and processes 
to manage operational risks and to achieve continuous improvements in 
operational effectiveness, in addition to various cost reduction initiatives. 
Through these efforts, economic risk is mitigated. 

Refer to Section 1.5 – Capability to Deliver Results, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s systems and processes. 

Revenue generated by the Company’s Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment accounted for 85% of consolidated sales in 2016. With this 
proportion expected to continue, the Company’s revenue is materially 
dependent on the global Pipeline and Pipe Services industry. Any further 
significant declines in pipeline market activity could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business, results of 
operations and financial condition.

Increases in the prices and/or shortages in the supply of raw materials 
used in the Company’s manufacturing processes could adversely affect 
the competitiveness of the Company, its ability to serve its customers’ 
needs and its financial performance.

The Company purchases a broad range of materials and components 
throughout the world in connection with its manufacturing activities. 
Major items include polyolefin and other polymeric resins, iron ore, 
cement, adhesives, sealants and copper and other nonferrous wire. 
The ability of suppliers to meet performance and quality specifications 
and delivery schedules is important to the maintenance of customer 
satisfaction. While the materials required for its manufacturing operations 
have generally been readily available, cyclical swings in supply and 
demand can produce short-term shortages and/or price spikes. The 
Company’s ability to pass on any such price increases may be restricted 
in the short term.

The Company’s material financing agreements contain financial and 
other covenants that, if breached by the Company, may require the 
Company to redeem, repay, repurchase or refinance its existing debt 
obligations prior to their scheduled maturity. The Company’s ability 
to refinance such obligations may be restricted due to prevailing 
conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity and other factors.

The Company is party to a number of financing agreements which 
contain financial or other covenants. If the Company was to breach the 
financial or other covenants contained in its financing agreements, the 
Company may be required to redeem, repay, repurchase or refinance 
its existing debt obligations prior to their scheduled maturity and the 
Company’s ability to do so may be restricted or limited by the prevailing 
conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity and other factors. 
If the Company is unable to refinance any of the Company’s debt 
obligations in such circumstances, its ability to make capital expenditures 
and its financial condition and cash flows could be adversely impacted. 
If future debt financing is not available to the Company when required 
or is not available on acceptable terms, the Company may be unable to 
grow its business, take advantage of business opportunities, respond 
to competitive pressure or refinance maturing debt, any of which could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results and 
financial condition.

10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks
The Company could be subject to substantial liability claims, which 
could adversely affect its projections, business, results of operations 
and financial condition.

Some of the Company’s products are used in hazardous applications 
where an accident or a failure of a product could cause personal injury, 
loss of life, damage to property, equipment or the environment, as well as 
the suspension of the end-user’s operations. If the Company’s products 
were to be involved in any of these difficulties, the Company could 
face litigation and may be held liable for those losses. The Company’s 
insurance coverage may not be adequate in risk coverage or policy limits 
to cover all losses or liabilities that it may incur. Moreover, the Company 
may not be able in the future to maintain insurance at levels of risk 
coverage or policy limits that management deems adequate. Any claims 
made under the Company’s policies likely will cause its premiums to 
increase. Any future damages deemed to be caused by the Company’s 
products or services that are not covered by insurance, or that are in 
excess of policy limits or subject to substantial deductibles, could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

The Company is subject to litigation and could be subject to future 
litigation and significant potential financial liability.

From time to time, the Company is a party to litigation and legal 
proceedings that it considers to be a part of the ordinary course of 
business. Although none of the litigation or legal proceedings in which 
the Company is currently involved could reasonably be expected to have 
a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, business, results 
of operations or financial condition, the Company may, however, become 
involved in material legal proceedings in the future. Such proceedings 
may include, for example, product liability claims and claims relating to 
the existence or use of hazardous materials on the Company’s property 
or in its operations, as well as intellectual property disputes and other 
material legal proceedings with competitors, customers, employees 
and governmental entities. These proceedings could arise from the 
Company’s current or former actions and operations or the actions 
or operations of businesses and entities acquired by the Company 
prior to acquisition. The Company maintains insurance it believes to be 
commercially reasonable and customary; however, such coverage may 
be inadequate for or inapplicable to particular claims.

Litigation and Legal Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate legal risks. However, the 
Company maintains adequate commercial insurance to mitigate most 
adverse litigation and legal risks.

26

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 10.3  HSE Risks
The Company is subject to Health, Safety and Environmental  
laws and regulations that expose it to potential financial liability.

The Company’s operations are regulated under a number of federal, 
provincial, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, 
which govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials 
into the air and water as well as the handling, storage and disposal of 
hazardous materials. Compliance with these environmental laws is a 
major consideration in the manufacturing of the Company’s products, 
as the Company uses, generates, stores and disposes of hazardous 
substances and wastes in its operations. The Company may be subject 
to material financial liability for any investigation and clean-up of 
such hazardous materials. In addition, many of the Company’s current 
and former properties are or have been used for industrial purposes. 
Accordingly, the Company also may be subject to financial liabilities 
relating to the investigation and remediation of hazardous materials 
resulting from the actions of previous owners or operators of industrial 
facilities on those sites. Liability in certain instances may be imposed on 
the Company regardless of the legality of the original actions relating 
to the hazardous or toxic substances or whether or not the Company 
knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of those substances. 
The Company is also subject to various Canadian and US federal, 
provincial, state and local laws and regulations as well as foreign laws and 
regulations relating to safety and health conditions in its manufacturing 
facilities. Those laws and regulations may also subject the Company to 
material financial penalties or liabilities for any non-compliance, as well 
as potential business disruption if any of its facilities or a portion of any 
facility is required to be temporarily closed as a result of any violation 
of those laws and regulations. Any such financial liability or business 
disruption could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Demand for the Company’s products and services could be adversely 
affected by changes to Canadian, US or other countries’ laws or 
regulations pertaining to the emission of Carbon Dioxide and other 
Greenhouse Gases (“GHGs”) into the atmosphere.

Although the Company is not a large producer of GHGs, the products 
and services of the Company’s production are mainly related to the 
transmission of hydrocarbons including crude oil and natural gas, whose 
ultimate consumption are major sources of GHG emissions. Changes in 
the regulations concerning the release of GHGs into the atmosphere, 
including the introduction of so-called carbon taxes or limitations 
over the emissions of GHGs, may adversely impact the demand for 
hydrocarbons and ultimately, the demand for the Company’s products 
and services.

HSE Risk Mitigation
To minimize risks associated with HSE matters, the Company has 
implemented a comprehensive audit program and has completed 
detailed environmental audits at manufacturing and service locations 
across all eight divisions. Furthermore, the Company is committed to 
being an IIF workplace.

10.4  Political and Regulatory Risks
The Company’s operations may experience interruptions due to 
political, economic or other risks, which could adversely affect  
the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and  
financial condition.

During 2016, the Company derived over 19% of its total revenue from its 
facilities outside Canada, the US and Western Europe. In addition, part of 
the Company’s sales from its locations in Canada and the US were for 
use in other countries. The Company’s operations in certain international 
locations are subject to various political and economic conditions existing 
in those countries that could disrupt operations. These risks include:

•  currency fluctuations and devaluations;

•  currency restrictions and limitations on repatriation of profits; 

•  political instability and civil unrest;

•  hostile or terrorist activities; and

•  restrictions on foreign operations.

In addition, the Company is specifically exposed to risks relating to 
economic or political developments in Argentina, Azerbaijan, Mexico  
and other developing countries. 

The Company’s foreign operations may suffer disruptions and may 
incur losses that would not be covered by insurance. In particular, civil 
unrest in politically unstable countries may increase the possibility that 
the Company’s operations could be interrupted or adversely affected. 
The impact of such disruptions could include the Company’s inability to 
ship products in a timely and cost effective manner, its inability to place 
contractors and employees in various countries or regions, or result in 
the need for evacuations or similar disruptions. 

Any material currency fluctuations, devaluations or political unrest that 
may disrupt oil and gas exploration and production or the movement 
of funds and assets could materially adversely affect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company’s North American operations could be affected by 
regulatory approval processes that could delay or prevent the 
construction of new pipeline infrastructure.

The Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
financial condition could be adversely affected by actions under 
Canadian, US, European or other trade or tax laws.

The Company is a Canadian-based company with significant operations 
in the United States. The Company also owns and operates international 
manufacturing operations that support its Canadian, US and European 
operations. If actions under Canadian, US, European or other trade 
or tax laws were instituted that limited the Company’s access to the 
materials or products necessary for such manufacturing operations, 
the Company’s ability to meet its customers’ specifications and delivery 
requirements would be reduced. Any such reduction in the Company’s 
ability to meet its customers’ specifications and delivery requirements 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s projections, 
business, results of operations and financial condition.

27

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS The Company has various facilities that export products to the United 
States and other countries. Any changes to trade or tax laws that 
negatively impact the competitiveness of the Company’s exports 
or products could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and financial condition.

Political and Regulatory Risk Mitigation
The Company manages political and regulatory risks by working with 
government, regulators and other parties to resolve issues, if any. In 
addition, the Company ensures that it is compliant with the laws and 
regulations within the jurisdictions where it operates.

11.0  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

As at December 31, 2016, the provisions on the annual consolidated 
balance sheet related to environmental matters and included as 
decommissioning liability obligations were $29.7 million. The Company 
believes these provisions to be sufficient to fully satisfy all liabilities 
related to known environmental matters.

The total undiscounted cash flows estimated to settle all 
decommissioning liabilities is $42.4 million as at December 31, 2016.  
The current pre-tax risk-free rates at which the estimated cash flows 
have been discounted range between 0.15% and 7.59%. Settlement for 
all decommissioning liabilities is expected to be funded by future cash 
flows from the Company’s operations. 

The Company expects the following cash outflows over the next five years and thereafter for decommissioning liabilities:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2017  
2018  
2019  
2020 
2021  
More than five years 

December 31,  
2016

$ 

6,388

2,091

3,015

3,750

4,507

22,618

$ 

42,369

12.0  RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

The Company reports on certain non-GAAP measures that are used 
to evaluate its performance and segments, as well as to determine 
compliance with debt covenants and to manage the capital structure. 
These non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under 
IFRS and are not necessarily comparable to similar measures provided 
by other companies. The Company discloses these measures because 
it believes that they provide further information and assist readers in 
understanding the results of the Company’s operations and financial 
position. These measures should not be considered in isolation or used in 
substitution for other measures of performance prepared in accordance 
with GAAP. The following is a reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures 
reported by the Company. 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 
EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure defined as earnings before interest, 
income taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is also 
a non-GAAP measure defined as EBITDA adjusted for non-operational 
items. The Company believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are 
useful supplemental measures that provide a meaningful indication of 
the Company’s results from principal business activities prior to the 
consideration of how these activities are financed or the tax impacts  
in various jurisdictions. The Company presents Adjusted EBITDA as  
a measure of EBITDA that excludes the impact of transactions that  
are outside the Company’s normal course of business. 

28

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Three Months Ended December 31, 

Year Ended December 31,

Net (Loss) Income  
Add:   

Income taxes  
  Finance costs, net 
  Amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets 

EBITDA  
  Cost associated with repayment and modification of long-term debt 
  Gain from arbitration award 

Impairment  

  Gains on sale of land 

ADJUSTED EBITDA 

2016 

2015 

2016 

2015

$ 

28,339 

$ 

31,467 

$ 

(180,566) 

$ 

99,520

6,954 

2,868 

18,927 

9,653 

4,728 

20,061 

6,207 

15,915 

80,290 

31,551

18,244

79,387

$ 

57,088 

$ 

65,909 

$ 

(78,154) 

$ 

228,702

948 

(19,221) 

– 

(5,562) 

– 

– 

590 

– 

3,009 

(19,221) 

157,311 

(6,493) 

–

–

590

(814)

$ 

33,253 

$ 

66,499 

$ 

56,452 

$ 

228,478

Return on Invested Capital
ROIC, a non-GAAP measure, is defined as net income adjusted for after tax interest expense divided by average invested capital over the year  
and is used by the Company to assess the efficiency of generating profits from each unit of invested capital, independent of the Company’s  
financing choice. 

The following table sets forth the calculation of the Company’s ROIC as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net (loss) income 
Add: After-tax interest expense 

Net income adjusted for after-tax interest expense  
Average invested capital 

ROIC  

2016 

2015

$ 

(180,960) 
15,973 

$ 

99,520

12,682

(164,987) 
$ 
$  1,397,722 

$ 

112,202

$  1,502,588

 (11.8%) 

7.5%

Days Sales Outstanding (“DSO”)
DSO is defined as the number of days trade accounts receivable are outstanding based on a 90 day cycle and is calculated by dividing the average 
trade accounts receivable balance for the quarter by the revenue for that same quarter, and multiplying by 90 days. DSO approximates the measure 
of the average number of days from when the Company recognizes revenue until the cash is collected from the customer. The following table sets 
forth the calculation for the Company’s DSO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

Revenue for the fourth quarter 
Average trade accounts receivable 

DSO   

2016 

2015

$ 

$ 

329,182 
182,331 

$ 

$ 

455,260

301,966

50 

60

Days Payables Outstanding (“DPO”)
DPO is defined as the average number of days from when purchased goods and services are received until payment is made to the suppliers based 
on a 90-day cycle and is calculated by dividing the average accounts payable and accrued liabilities for the quarter by the cost of goods sold for that 
same quarter, and multiplying by 90 days. DPO approximates average payment terms granted by the suppliers, an increase in DPO is considered an 
improvement in the management of accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s DPO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO) 

Cost of goods sold for the fourth quarter 
Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

DPO   

2016 

2015

$ 

$ 

221,480 
205,602 

$ 

$ 

303,510

288,383

84 

86

29

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Working Capital Ratio
Working capital ratio is defined as current assets divided by current liabilities. This metric provides management with an indication of the current 
liquidity available to the Company before considering long-term debt. The following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s working capital 
ratio as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current assets 
Current liabilities 

Working capital ratio 

2016 

2015

$  675,439 
$  395,453 

$ 

887,070

$  440,665

1.71 

2.01

13.0  FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This document includes certain statements that reflect management’s 
expectations and objectives for the Company’s future performance, 
opportunities and growth, which statements constitute “forward looking 
information” and “forward looking statements” (collectively “forward 
looking information”) under applicable securities laws. Such statements, 
other than statements of historical fact, are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward looking information 
involves estimates, assumptions, judgments and uncertainties. These 
statements may be identified by the use of forward looking terminology 
such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “believe”, “predict”, 
“estimate”, “continue”, “intend”, “plan” and variations of these words or 
other similar expressions. Specifically, this document includes forward 
looking information in the Outlook section and elsewhere in respect of, 
among other things, the achievement of key performance objectives, the 
incurrence of additional capital expenditures as necessary to respond 
to market demand growth and to facilitate growth in new markets, 
the increase in investment in net working capital, the timing of major 
project activity, the expected improvement in consolidated revenues 
and earnings in 2017 from 2016, the growth in revenue and earnings 
in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and in the Petrochemical 
and Industrial segment of the Company’s business, the sufficiency 
of resources, capacity and capital to meet market demand, to meet 
contractual obligations and to execute the Company’s development and 
growth strategy, the sufficiency of the Company’s human resources, 
systems and processes to operate its business and execute its strategic 
plan, the impact of the existing order backlog and other factors on the 
Company’s revenue and Operating Income, the impact of any potential 
cancellation of contracts included in the order backlog, and in the 
longer term, the impact of global economic activity on the demand for 
the Company’s products, the impact of the decline in global oil and 
gas commodity prices on the level of industry investment in oil and 
gas infrastructure, the impact of changing energy demand, supply and 
prices, the impact and likelihood of changes in competitive conditions 
in the markets in which the Company participates, the adequacy of the 
Company’s existing accruals in respect of environmental compliance and 
in respect of litigation matters and other claims generally, the level of 
payments under the Company’s performance bonds and the expected 
development in the Company’s order backlog.

Forward looking information involves known and unknown risks and 
uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those predicted by the forward looking information. We caution 
readers not to place undue reliance on forward looking information as 
a number of factors could cause actual events, results and prospects 
to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward 
looking information. Significant risks facing the Company include, but 
are not limited to: the impact on the Company of reduced demand for 
its products and services, including the suspension or cancellation of 
existing contracts, as a result of lower investment in global oil and gas 
extraction and transportation activity following the previous declines in 
the global price of oil and gas, long term changes in global or regional 
economic activity and changes in energy supply and demand, which 
impact on the level of global pipeline infrastructure construction; 
exposure to product and other liability claims; shortages of or significant 
increases in the prices of raw materials used by the Company; 
compliance with environmental, trade and other laws; political, economic 
and other risks arising from the Company’s international operations; 
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, as well as other risks and 
uncertainties, as more fully described herein under the heading  
“Risks and Uncertainties.”

These statements of forward looking information are based on 
assumptions, estimates and analysis made by management in light of 
its experience and perception of trends, current conditions and expected 
developments as well as other factors believed to be reasonable and 
relevant in the circumstances. These assumptions include those in 
respect of global oil and gas prices, increases in expenditures on natural 
gas infrastructures, modest global economic growth, the Company’s 
ability to execute projects under contract, the continued supply of and 
stable pricing for commodities used by the Company, the availability 
of personnel resources sufficient for the Company to operate its 
businesses, the maintenance of operations in major oil and gas producing 
regions and the ability of the Company to satisfy all covenants under 
its Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes. The Company believes 
that the expectations reflected in the forward looking information 
are based on reasonable assumptions in light of currently available 
information. However, should one or more risks materialize or should any 
assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially 
from those expressed or implied in the forward looking information 
included in this document and the Company can give no assurance  
that such expectations will be achieved.

30

SHAWCOR LTD.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.0  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information relating to the Company, including its Annual 
Information Form, is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

March 3rd, 2017

When considering the forward looking information in making decisions 
with respect to the Company, readers should carefully consider the 
foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. The 
Company does not assume the obligation to revise or update forward 
looking information after the date of this document or to revise it to 
reflect the occurrence of future unanticipated events, except as may  
be required under applicable securities laws.

To the extent any forward looking information in this document 
constitutes future oriented financial information or financial outlooks, 
within the meaning of securities laws, such information is being provided 
to demonstrate the potential of the Company and readers are cautioned 
that this information may not be appropriate for any other purpose. 
Future oriented financial information and financial outlooks, as with 
forward looking information generally, are based on the assumptions  
and subject to the risks noted above.

31

ANNUAL REPORT 2016MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  
MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MANAGEMENT’S 
RESPONSIBILITY FOR  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shawcor Ltd. included in this Annual Report are the responsibility of management and have 
been approved by the Board of Directors.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board. When alternative accounting methods exist, management has selected those it deems to be most 
appropriate in the circumstances. The consolidated financial statements include estimates based on the experience and judgment of management 
in order to ensure that the financial statements are presented fairly, in all material respects. Financial information presented elsewhere in the annual 
report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial statements.

The management of the Company and its subsidiaries developed and continues to maintain systems of internal accounting controls and management 
practices designed to provide reasonable assurance that the financial information is relevant, reliable and accurate and that the Company’s assets are 
appropriately accounted for and adequately safeguarded.

The Board of Directors exercises its responsibilities for ensuring that management fulfils its responsibilities for financial reporting and internal control 
with the assistance of its Audit Committee. 

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and all of its members are Directors who are not officers or employees of Shawcor Ltd. or any of 
its subsidiaries. The Committee meets periodically to review quarterly financial reports and to discuss internal controls over the financial reporting 
process, auditing matters and financial reporting issues. The Committee reviews the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements and 
recommends their approval to the Board of Directors.

These financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the external auditors, on behalf of the shareholders. Ernst & Young LLP has  
full and free access to the Audit Committee.  

Stephen M. Orr 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Gary S. Love 
Senior Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

March 2, 2017

32

SHAWCOR LTD.INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

INDEPENDENT  
AUDITORS’ REPORT

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF SHAWCOR LTD.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Shawcor Ltd., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows  
for the years then ended and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s responsibility for the consolidated financial statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance 
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the 
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  
The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated 
financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the  
entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in  
the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes 
evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Shawcor Ltd. as at  
December 31, 2016 and 2015, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International  
Financial Reporting Standards.

Chartered Professional Accountants 
Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada 
March 2, 2017 

33

ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 
Sale of products 
Rendering of services 

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Gross Profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment (note 20)   
Amortization of intangible assets (note 21) 
Gains on sale of land 
Impairment (note 25) 

(Loss) Income from Operations 
Loss from investments in associates   
Finance costs, net (note 10) 
Cost associated with repayment and modification of long-term debt (note 29) 
Gain from arbitration award (note 31) 

(Loss) Income before Income Taxes 
Income taxes (note 11) 

Net (Loss) Income 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Net (Loss) Income 

Earnings (Loss) per Share (note 12) 
  Basic  
  Diluted 
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding (000s) (note 12) 
  Basic  
  Diluted 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2016 

2015

$ 

373,128 
836,131 

$  460,690

1,349,958

1,209,259 

1,810,648

816,775 

392,484 

320,643 
13,239 
(1,386) 
57,255 
23,035 
(6,493) 
157,311 

(171,120) 
(3,536) 
(15,915) 
(3,009) 
19,221 

(174,359) 
6,207 

1,204,306

606,342

371,954

13,664

(7,868)

58,019

21,368

(814)

590

149,429

(114)

(18,244)

–

–

131,071

31,551

$ 

(180,566) 

$ 

99,520

$ 

(180,960) 
394 

$ 

98,244

1,276

$ 

(180,566) 

$ 

99,520

$ 

$ 

(2.80) 

(2.80) 

$ 

$ 

1.52

1.52

64,719 
64,719 

64,512

64,762

34

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net (Loss) Income for the Year 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income  
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income to be Reclassified to Net (Loss) Income in Subsequent Periods 
  Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
  Other comprehensive (loss) income attributable to investments in associates 
  Cash flow hedge gains 

  Net Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income to be Reclassified to Net (Loss) Income in Subsequent Periods   

Other Comprehensive Income not to be Reclassified to Net (Loss) Income in Subsequent Periods 
  Actuarial gains on defined benefit plans (note 15)  

Income tax expense (note 11) 

  Net Other Comprehensive Income not to be Reclassified to Net (Loss) Income in Subsequent Periods 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net of Income Taxes 

Total Comprehensive (Loss) Income   

Comprehensive (Loss) Income Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 

Total Comprehensive (Loss) Income    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2016 

2015

$ 

(180,566) 

$ 

99,520

(40,970) 
(593) 
3,011 

(38,552) 

2,844 
(752) 

2,092 

(36,460) 

74,137

1,501

–

75,638

4,924

(1,415)

3,509

79,147

$ 

(217,026) 

$ 

178,667

$ 

(215,463) 
(1,563) 

$ 

178,258

409

$ 

(217,026) 

$ 

178,667

35

ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As at December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

ASSETS 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents (note 16) 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Accounts receivable (note 18) 
Income taxes receivable 
Inventory (note 19) 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative financial instruments (note 7) 

Non-current Assets 
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Property, plant and equipment (notes 20 and 25) 
Intangible assets (notes 21 and 25) 
Investments in associates (note 23) 
Deferred income tax assets (note 11) 
Other assets (note 24) 
Goodwill (notes 22 and 25) 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 
Current Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness (note 29) 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 26) 
Provisions (note 27) 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative financial instruments (note 7) 
Deferred revenue  
Obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Other liabilities (note 28) 

Non-current Liabilities 
Long-term debt (note 30) 
Obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Provisions (note 27) 
Employee future benefits (note 15) 
Deferred income tax liabilities (note 11)  
Other liabilities (note 28) 

Equity 
Share capital (note 32) 
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interests 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

36

2016 

2015

$ 

194,824 
1,890 
3,832 
294,397 
35,141 
113,485 
22,477 
9,393 

675,439 

5,058 

471,468 
192,907 
26,739 
28,955 
26,407 
350,818 

$ 

260,645

2,954

–

396,974

35,804

167,557

20,112

3,024

887,070

7,908

485,555

223,298

30,868

27,668

26,268

457,070

1,102,352 

1,258,635

$  1,7 7 7,791 

$  2,145,705

$ 

2,463 
212,539 
21,104 
39,011 
3,759 
103,584 
950 
12,043 

$ 

–

295,911

25,562

34,624

1,984

58,129

1,176

23,279

395,453 

440,665

263,528 
11,019 
35,304 
20,727 
7,484 
1,236 

339,298 

734,751 

703,316 
23,379 
273,045 
5,892 
37,408 

485,147

12,600

44,075

21,942

14,898

1,177

579,839

1,020,504

534,484

18,638

492,713

7,455

71,911

1,043,040 

1,125,201

$  1,7 7 7,791 

$  2,145,705

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Share 
Capital 

Contributed 
Surplus 

Retained 
Earnings 

Non-controlling 
Interests 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Total 
Equity

  $ 533,660 

$ 14,625 

$ 433,177 

$ 7,254 

$ (8,103) 

  $ 980,613

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2014 

Net income 
Other comprehensive (loss) income 

Comprehensive income 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Stock-based compensation expense  
Dividends declared and paid to shareholders (note 32) 
Purchase of non-controlling interests  

– 

– 

– 

508 

197 

119 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(197) 

(119) 

4,329 

– 

– 

98,244 

– 

98,244 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(38,708) 

– 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

 534,484 

 18,638 

 492,713 

Net (loss) income  
Other comprehensive loss 

Comprehensive loss 
Issued through public offering (net of commissions  
  and share issuance costs of $7.3 million) (note 32) 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Stock-based compensation expense  
Dividends declared and paid to shareholders (note 32) 

– 

– 

– 

165,295 

2,311 

764 

462 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(764) 

(462) 

5,967 

– 

(180,960) 

– 

(180,960) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(38,708) 

1,276 

(867) 

409 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(208) 

 7,455 

394 

(1,957) 

(1,563) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

80,014 

80,014 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

99,520

79,147

178,667

508

–

–

4,329

(38,708)

(208)

 71,911 

 1,125,201

– 

(34,503) 

(34,503) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(180,566)

(36,460)

(217,026)

165,295

2,311

–

–

5,967

(38,708)

Balance – December 31, 2016 

  $ 703,316 

$ 23,379 

  $ 273,045 

$ 5,892 

 $ 37,408 

  $ 1,043,040

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

37

ANNUAL REPORT 2016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31: 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Operating Activities 
Net (loss) income for the year 
Add (deduct) items not affecting cash 
  Amortization of property, plant and equipment (note 20) 
  Amortization of intangible assets (note 21) 
  Amortization of long-term prepaid expenses 

Impairment (note 25) 

  Decommissioning obligations expense (note 27)   
  Other provisions expense (note 27)   
  Share-based and other incentive-based compensation (note 14) 
  Deferred income taxes (note 11) 
  Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
  Gains on sale of land  
  Unrealized (income) loss on derivative financial instruments 
  Loss from investments in associates (note 23) 
  Other 
Settlement of decommissioning liabilities (note 27) 
Settlement of other provisions (note 27) 
Net change in employee future benefits (note 15) 
Change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 

Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities 
Increase in loans receivable 
Decrease (Increase) in short-term investments 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment   
Purchases of intangible assets 
Payment of deferred purchase consideration 
Investments in associates 
(Increase) Decrease in other assets 
Purchase of non-controlling interests  
Business acquisitions (note 5) 

Cash Used in Investing Activities 

Financing Activities 
Increase (decrease) in bank indebtedness (note 29)   
Decrease in loans payable (note 30) 
Repayment of long-term debt 
Payment of obligations under finance lease (note 31) 
Issuance of shares (net of commissions and share issuance costs) (note 32) 
Dividends paid to shareholders (note 32) 

Cash Used in Financing Activities 

Effect of Foreign Exchange on Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents for the Year   
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning of Year 

Cash and Cash Equivalents – End of Year 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information  
Interest paid 
Interest received 
Income taxes paid 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

38

2016 

2015

$ 

(180,566) 

$ 

99,520

57,255 
23,035 
467 
157,311 
(2,875) 
9,711 
8,548 
(16,396) 
719 

(6,493) 
(81) 
3,536 
(689) 
(292) 
(16,288) 
56 
94,935 

58,019

21,368

1,363

590

1,588

29,294

2,126

(2,195)

1,591

(814)

3,744

114

–

(2,658)

(24,143)

63

91,471

131,893 

281,041

(1,205) 
1,064 
(89,252) 
14,784 
– 
– 
– 
(4,420) 
– 
(32,331) 

(146)

(2,404)

(61,153)

6,338

(109)

(1,305)

(10,477)

77

(208)

(51,513)

(111,360) 

(120,900)

2,463 
(520) 
(202,568) 
(829) 
167,606 
(38,708) 

(72,556) 

(13,798) 

(65,821) 
260,645 

(4,685)

(2,502)

–

(1,015)

508

(38,708)

(46,402)

30,350

144,089

116,556

$ 

194,824 

$ 

260,645

$ 

$ 

$ 

17,688 
780 
26,112 

$ 
$ 
$ 

18,706
1,023
52,129

SHAWCOR LTD. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Shawcor Ltd. is a publicly listed company incorporated in Canada with its shares listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Shawcor Ltd., together with its 
wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company” or “Shawcor”), is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial segments of the energy industry. The Company operates eight divisions with over 80 
manufacturing and service facilities located around the world. Further information as it pertains to the nature of operations is set out in note 8.

The head office, principal address and registered office of the Company is 25 Bethridge Road, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M9W 1M7.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

PAGE 

DESCRIPTION

General Application 

1.  Basis of Financial Statement Preparation 

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

3.  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied 

4.  New Accounting Standards Adopted  

5.  Acquisitions 

6.  Capital Management 

7.  Financial Instruments 

Consolidated Results of Operations Focused 

8.  Segment Information 

9.  Employee Benefits Expense 

10.  Finance Costs 

11.  Income Taxes 

12.  Earnings (Loss) Per Share 

13.  Key Management Compensation 

40 

40 

48 

49 

49 

50 

50 

53 

56 

56 

57 

58 

58 

14.  Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation  59 

Summary of financial statement preparation

Summary of accounting policies and principles and the methods used in their application

 Summary of developments in generally accepted accounting principles that will or may 
affect the Company

Summary of recently adopted generally accepted accounting principles

Summary of business acquisitions

Summary of objectives, policies and processes for managing the capital structure

 Summary of financial instruments, including fair values and the management of 
associated risks

 Summary disclosure of segmented information regularly reported to the chief operating 
decision maker

Summary of employee benefits expense

Summary of items comprising finance costs

 Summary of income tax expense, reconciliations of statutory rate income tax expense  
to income tax expense and analyses of deferred income tax liability

Summary of numerators and denominators used in calculating per share amounts

Summary of key management compensation

 Summary of compensation arising from share option awards, restricted stock units 
(RSUs), deferred stock units (DSUs) and employee share purchase plan

15.  Employee Future Benefits 

62 

Summary of employee future benefits and related disclosures

Consolidated Financial Position Focused 

16.  Cash and Cash Equivalents 

17.  Loans Receivable 

18.  Accounts Receivable 

19.  Inventory 

20. Property, Plant and Equipment 

21.  Intangible Assets 

22. Goodwill 

23. Investments in Associates 

24. Other Assets 

65 

65 

65 

66 

66 

68 

68 

70 

70 

Summary of cash and cash equivalents

Summary of items comprising loans receivable

Summary of items comprising accounts receivable

Summary of items comprising inventory

Summary of items comprising property, plant and equipment

Summary of items comprising intangible assets 

Summary of items comprising goodwill 

Summary of associates and related disclosures

Summary of items comprising other assets

39

ANNUAL REPORT 2016  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

PAGE 

DESCRIPTION

25. Impairment 

26. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities 

27.  Provisions 

28. Other Liabilities 

29. Credit Facilities 

30. Long-term Debt 

31.  Leases, Commitments and Contingencies 

32. Share Capital 

Other 

71 

72 

72 

73 

73 

74 

75 

76 

Summary of impairment charges

Summary of items comprising accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Summary of items comprising provisions

Summary of items comprising other liabilities

Summary of borrowings and credit facilities

Summary of long-term debt and related disclosures

Summary of lease obligations, contingent liabilities, claims and lawsuits

Summary of authorized share capital

33. Consolidated Financial Statements 

76 

A note on comparative figures in the consolidated financial statements

NOTE 1.  BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PREPARATION 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by  
the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), applicable to the preparation of financial statements. 

The policies applied in these consolidated financial statements are based on IFRS issued and outstanding as at December 31, 2016. 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain current assets and financial instruments, 
which are measured at fair value, as explained in the accounting policies set out in note 2.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, except when  
otherwise stated.

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and the entities under its control and the Company’s equity 
accounted interests in joint ventures and associates.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment 
or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in note 2.

The results of the subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of the acquisition. 
Adjustments are made, where necessary, to the financial statements of the subsidiaries and joint arrangements and associates to ensure consistency 
with those policies adopted by the Company. All intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated upon consolidation.

The audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2016 were authorized for issue by the 
Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) on March 2, 2017. 

NOTE 2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with IFRS. The more significant accounting policies are  
as follows:

a) Critical Judgments in Applying Accounting Policies
The following are the critical judgments that management has made in the process of applying accounting policies and that have the most significant 
effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. 

Materiality
Assessments about whether line items are sufficiently material to warrant separate presentation in the primary financial statements or in the financial 
statement notes.

Determination of Reportable Operating Segments
Management has exercised judgment in evaluating the defined aspects of its operating segments, aggregation criteria, and quantitative thresholds 
that form the reportable operating segments of the Company. Management has also exercised professional judgment in determining that the 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Operating segments are reported in a manner 
consistent with the internal reporting provided to the CODM. The CODM is responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of  
the operating segments. 

40

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
  
 
Determination of Cash-Generating Units (“CGUs”)
Management has exercised judgment in identifying the CGUs of the Company. In performing impairment assessments of long-lived assets, assets 
that cannot be assessed individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent 
of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. Determination of CGUs is also required for impairment testing of goodwill.

Business Acquisitions
Significant judgments and assumptions are made in compiling the purchase price allocation for acquired companies. Management has exercised 
professional judgment in determining the total consideration paid in an acquisition, including any contingent consideration, and in determining 
the assets and liabilities that should be part of the purchase price accounting. Management has also exercised judgment in identifying intangible 
assets and in choosing the appropriate valuation models and techniques to determine their fair values. Management has also exercised professional 
judgment in characterizing the composition of any residual goodwill and its allocation to CGUs benefiting from the goodwill. 

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities 
Provisions and liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the period when it becomes probable that there will be a future 
outflow of economic benefits resulting from past operations or events and the amount of the cash outflow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application of judgment to existing facts and circumstances, which can be subject to 
change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take into account changing facts and circumstances.

The Company is required to determine whether a loss is probable based on judgment and interpretation of laws and regulations and whether the loss 
can be reliably measured. When a loss is determined, it is charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss). The Company must continually 
monitor known and potential contingent matters and make appropriate provisions by charges to income when warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
Management is required to apply judgment in determining whether any legal or constructive obligations exist to dismantle, remove or restore its 
assets, including any obligations to rehabilitate environmental damage on its properties. Management is required to make significant assumptions  
in determining the obligation for decommissioning liabilities. There are numerous factors that will affect the liability payable including the extent  
and costs of rehabilitation activities, technological changes, regulatory changes, cost increases, and changes in discount rates. 

Income Taxes
The calculation of income taxes requires judgment in interpreting tax rules and regulations. There are transactions and calculations for which the 
ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The tax filings also are subject to audits, the outcome of which could change the amount of current and 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities. Management believes that it has sufficient amounts accrued for outstanding tax matters based on 
information that is currently available.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable 
income. Management judgment is used to determine the amounts of deferred income tax assets and liabilities to be recognized, based upon the likely 
timing and the level of future taxable profit together with future tax planning strategies. In particular, judgment is required when assessing the timing  
of the reversal of temporary differences to which future income tax rates are applied. 

b) Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements 
and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated financial statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill 
The Company evaluates the recoverable amounts of its CGUs with goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year to determine whether or 
not impairment of these assets has occurred and whether write-downs of the value of these assets are required. Similarly, the Company evaluates 
the recoverable amounts of CGUs for long-lived assets whenever circumstances arise that could indicate impairment or reversal of impairment, at 
each reporting date. These impairment tests include certain assumptions regarding discount rates and future cash flows generated by these assets  
in determining the value-in-use and fair value less costs of disposal calculations. Actual results could differ from these assumptions and estimates.

Employee Future Benefit Obligations 
The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit arrangements. The calculation of the defined benefit 
obligation recognized in the consolidated financial statements includes a number of assumptions regarding discount rates, rates of employee 
compensation increases, rates of inflation, and life expectancies. The realized results of these factors could differ from the estimates used in the 
calculations, which may have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and non-current liabilities. 

Decommissioning Liabilities
Decommissioning liabilities include legal and constructive obligations related to owned and leased facilities. These have been recorded in the 
consolidated financial statements based on estimated future amounts required to satisfy these obligations. The amount recognized is the present 
value of estimated future expenditures required to settle the obligation using a current pre-tax risk free rate. 

41

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFinancial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its financial instruments not traded in an active market based on appropriate valuation 
methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates, mainly based on market conditions existing at the end of each 
reporting period. Accordingly, these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market 
exchange. The estimated fair value amounts can be materially affected by the use of different assumptions or methodologies.

Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related to the impact in the current year of future events. Differences between  
the estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, income and losses  
in foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates different from those expected in Canada. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that  
it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the losses can be utilized. 

Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, differences 
arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to 
taxable income and tax expense already recorded. The Company establishes liabilities, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences 
of audits by the tax authorities of the respective countries in which it operates. The amount of such liabilities is based on various factors, such 
as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such 
differences in interpretation may arise for a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the domicile of the respective entity.

c) Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired 
are measured at fair value at the acquisition date. The consideration transferred is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent 
consideration. Acquisition transaction costs and any restructuring costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss) in the period in 
which they are incurred.

For an acquisition achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to 
fair value at the acquisition date through profit or loss. 

The excess of the aggregate consideration transferred over the fair value of the Company’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded  
as goodwill.

d) Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and Presentation Currency
Amounts included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates are measured using the 
currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements of  
the Company are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Foreign Currency Transactions
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss), except when deferred in other 
comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) as qualifying net investment hedges.

Translation of Foreign Operations
The results and financial position of all the Company’s entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated 
into the presentation currency as follows:

•  assets and liabilities for each consolidated balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet; and 

•  income and expenses for each consolidated statement of income (loss) are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing for the year.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency 
instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are reclassified to OCI.

When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, exchange differences that were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated 
at the closing rate.

e) Financial Instruments
Financial assets recorded at fair value through profit or loss include financial assets held for trading or meeting specified criteria and designated upon 
initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss as appropriate. 

Held-to-maturity financial assets, loans and receivables and other liabilities not held for trading are accounted for at amortized cost.

42

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAvailable-for-sale financial assets are those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale by the Company or do not 
fall into another category. Available-for-sale financial assets are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value with gains or losses from 
changes in fair value during a period included in OCI.

Financial assets are recognized initially at fair value.

All financial liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and designated upon inception as fair value through profit or loss, or loans and borrowings. 

Financial liabilities classified as fair value through profit or loss include derivative financial instruments. Any changes in fair value are recognized 
through the consolidated statements of income (loss).

Loans and borrowings are initially recorded at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, these liabilities are 
subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method.

The following is a summary of the classes of financial instruments included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as well as their  
designation by the Company:

Balance Sheet Item 

Designation

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Short-term Investments 
Accounts Receivable 
Loans Receivable 
Convertible Preferred Shares 
Derivative Financial Instruments 
Bank Indebtedness 
Loans Payable 
Accounts Payable 
Deferred Purchase Consideration 
Long-term Debt 

Fair value through profit or loss 
Held-to-maturity
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables 
Available-for-sale 
Fair value through profit or loss
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Fair value through profit or loss
Loans and borrowings

Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company’s policy is to document its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various derivative financial instrument 
transactions. Derivative financial instruments designated as effective net investment hedges are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets at fair 
value, with any gains or losses resulting from fair value changes included in OCI to the extent of hedge effectiveness. Derivative financial instruments 
not designated as part of a formal hedging relationship are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with gains or losses resulting from 
changes in fair value during a period charged or credited to net income (loss) in the consolidated statements of income (loss). 

Fair Value
Financial instruments measured at fair value are categorized into one of the following three levels in the fair value hierarchy for disclosure purposes:

•  Level 1  – Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable.

•  Level 2 –  Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 

corroborated by observable market data.

•  Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognized when the contractual rights to the receipt of cash flows expire or the asset is transferred to another party whereby 
the entity no longer has any significant continuing involvement in the risks and rewards associated with the asset. 

Financial liabilities are derecognized when the related obligations are either discharged, cancelled, or expire. The difference between the carrying value 
of the financial liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the fair value of the consideration paid, including the transfer of non-cash 
assets acquired or liabilities assumed, is recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) in the period in which it is incurred.

Impairment
Financial assets carried at amortized cost are assessed at each reporting date for any potential impairment. If there is objective evidence that an 
impairment loss has occurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the 
estimated future cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is then reduced by the amount  
of the impairment and the impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the 
impairment was recognized, the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

43

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTransaction Costs
Transaction costs associated with financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed as incurred, while transaction costs 
associated with all other financial assets are included in the initial carrying amount of the asset.

f) Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Company and the revenue can be reliably measured, 
regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account 
contractually defined terms of payment and net of taxes or duty.

Sale of Goods
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer, usually  
on delivery of the goods.

Rendering of Services
Revenue from pipe coating, inspection, repair and other services provided in respect of customer-owned property is recognized as services are 
performed under specific contracts. Revenue on these contracts is recognized using the Percentage of Completion Method with completion 
determined on a Units of Production basis. Losses, if any, on these contracts are provided for in full at the time such losses are identified.

Services performed in advance of billings are recorded as unbilled revenue pursuant to the contractual terms. In general, amounts become billable 
upon the achievement of certain milestones or in accordance with predetermined payment schedules. Changes in the scope of work are not included 
in net revenue unless the changes are probable and can be reliably measured. 

The Company records payments received from customers as deferred revenue, which are then recognized as revenue as products are delivered and 
as services are performed. 

g) Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. 
All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in 
connection with the borrowing of funds.

h) Employee Future Benefits
The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. The employee 
future benefits liability recognized on the consolidated balance sheets, in respect of the defined benefit pension plans, represents the deficit position 
for those defined benefit plans, whose defined benefit obligation exceeds that pension plan’s assets. The Company has included in other assets the 
net surplus position of those defined benefit plans whose pension plan assets exceed the defined benefit obligation. 

The defined benefit obligation is determined by independent actuaries using the project unit credit method pro-rated on service. The defined benefit 
obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that have terms to 
maturity matching the terms of the related defined benefit arrangements. Plan assets are valued at quoted market prices at the consolidated balance 
sheet dates.

Past service costs arising from plan amendments are fully recognized in income when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs, or when related 
restructuring costs or termination benefits are recognized, whichever comes first.

Actuarial gains and losses resulting from experience adjustments and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions, and actual returns on plan 
assets, as compared to returns using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds, are recognized in OCI in the period in which they arise. 

For the Company’s defined contribution plans, costs are determined based on the services provided by the Company’s employees and are recognized 
in the consolidated statements of income (loss) as those services are provided.

i) Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation
The Company has various stock-based compensation plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense in respect of all of its stock-based 
compensation plans. The compensation expense for equity-settled awards is equal to the estimated fair value, based on an appropriate pricing model, 
of the incentive options, rights or units granted at the grant date, and is amortized over the vesting period of the incentive options, rights or units.

In accordance with IFRS, for each award of stock-based compensation that vests in installments, the fair value is determined on each installment as 
a separate award. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At the end of 
each reporting period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options, rights or incentive units that are expected to vest based on the 
non-market vesting conditions.

For options, units or rights that are settled with equity, an amount equal to compensation expense is initially credited to contributed surplus as the 
expense is recognized and transferred to share capital if and when the option, unit or right is exercised. 

Consideration received on the exercise of a stock option, right or unit is credited to share capital, when additional equity instruments are issued. 
Options, units or rights that are settled with cash are classified as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS.

44

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSAwards where the employee has the right to choose whether a share-based transaction is settled in cash or by issuing equity are accounted for as 
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

For cash-settled awards, the fair value of the liability is recalculated at each consolidated balance sheet date until the awards are settled based on  
the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest, adjusting for market and non-market based performance conditions. During the vesting 
period, a liability is recognized representing the portion of the vesting period that has expired at the consolidated balance sheet date multiplied by the 
fair value of the awards at that date. After vesting, the full fair value of the unsettled awards at each consolidated balance sheet date is recognized 
as a liability. Movements in the liability are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss). The fair value is recalculated using an option 
pricing model.

j) Research and Development Costs
In accordance with IAS 38, Intangible Assets, research and development costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss), except  
for development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

•  the project is clearly defined and the costs are separately identified and reliably measured;

•  the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

•  the project will generate future economic benefit;

•  resources are available to complete the project; and

•  the project is intended to be completed.

The intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any. Amortization of the asset commences 
when development has been completed and the asset is available for use. It is amortized over the period of expected future benefit, generally 
between three to ten years. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually. All other development costs are charged  
to the consolidated statements of income (loss).

k) Investments in Joint Ventures
The Company has interests in several joint arrangements, whereby joint control of the respective legal entity has been established by contractual 
agreements that establish joint control over the economic activities of the entity. The Company accounts for its interests in joint ventures using the 
equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in a joint venture is initially recognized at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to 
recognize changes in the Company’s share of net assets of the joint venture since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the joint venture is 
included in the carrying amount of the investment and is neither amortized nor individually tested for impairment.

The aggregate of the Company’s share of income or loss of a joint venture is shown separately on the consolidated statements of income (loss) and  
is excluded from income from operations. Adjustments are made where necessary to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Company.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in the joint 
venture. If there is evidence that the investment in the joint venture is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the difference 
between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss from investments in joint ventures” 
in the consolidated statements of income.

The Company had the following investments in joint ventures:

Hal Shaw Inc. 
Shaw & Shaw Ltd. 

Country of 
Incorporation 

Activity 

USA 

Pipe coating 

Canada 

Pipe coating  

December 31 
2016 
Ownership 
Interest 
% 

50 
83 

December 31 
2015 
Ownership 
Interest 
 %

50

83

As of December 31, 2016, both joint ventures are inactive and do not generate income or expense.

l) Investments in Associates
The Company accounts for investments in which it has significant influence using the equity method and these investments are initially recognized  
at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s share of the income or loss of the investee, after the date  
of acquisition.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in the 
associate. If there is evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the difference 
between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss from investments in associates” in  
the consolidated statements of income (loss). 

A listing of all associates is presented in note 23.

45

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
m) Income Taxes
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred income taxes. Income taxes are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss), 
except to the extent that they relate to items recognized in OCI.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the consolidated balance sheet dates  
in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted or substantively 
enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax liabilities are not recognized if  
they arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income taxes are not accounted for if they arise from initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities 
and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity 
or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the current income tax balances on a net basis.

Investment tax credits relating to the acquisition of assets are accounted for using the cost reduction approach, reducing the cost of the asset 
acquired or amortized to income over the useful life of the asset.

n) Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”)
Basic EPS is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS is calculated using the treasury stock method for determining the dilutive effect of outstanding financial instruments issued under the 
Company’s various stock-based compensation plans. Under this method, the conversion of dilutive financial instruments and related issue of shares 
is assumed at the beginning of the period (or at the time of award, if later).

The proceeds from the conversion or exercise of dilutive financial instruments plus future period compensation expenses are assumed to be used to 
purchase common shares at the average market price during the period, and the incremental number of shares (the difference between the number 
of shares assumed issued and assumed purchased) is included in the denominator of the diluted EPS computation.

o) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of balances with banks and short-term, highly liquid investments with maturity dates on acquisition of 90 days or 
less. The amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets approximate the fair value of cash and cash equivalents.

p) Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments consist of liquid investments with maturity dates on acquisition greater than 90 days and less than one year.

q) Trade and Other Receivables
Trade and other receivables are recorded at amortized cost. Impairment of trade and other receivables is constantly monitored. Impairments are based 
on observed customer solvency, the aging of trade and other receivables, historical values and customer specific and industry risks; external credit 
ratings as well as bank and trade references are reviewed when available.

r) Inventory
Inventory is measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis, except in certain project-based 
pipe coating businesses where the average cost basis is employed, and includes direct materials, direct labour and variable and fixed manufacturing 
overheads. Net realizable value for finished goods, work-in-process and raw materials inventory required for production is the estimated amount that 
would be realized on eventual sale of completed products, less the estimated costs necessary to complete the sale, while for excess raw materials it 
is the current market price. Ownership of inbound inventory is recognized at the time title passes to the Company.

s) Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment. Direct costs 
are included in the asset’s carrying amount, such as borrowing costs for long-term construction projects, major inspections and component 
replacements, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost  
of the item can be measured reliably. For component replacements, the carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized.

All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) during the financial period in which they are 
incurred. The expected cost for the decommissioning and remediation of an asset is included in the cost of the respective asset if the recognition 
criteria are met.

46

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSProperty, plant and equipment, other than land and project-related facilities and equipment, are amortized over their estimated useful lives 
commencing when the asset is available for use as follows: 

•  Land improvements are amortized over the estimated life of each site; 

•  3% to 10% on buildings; 

•  5% to 50% on machinery and equipment; and

•  Project-related facilities are amortized over the estimated project life.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized when no further economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gains or 
losses arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds or the net recoverable amount, and  
the carrying value of the asset) are included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) in the period the asset is derecognized.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of amortization are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted prospectively  
if appropriate.

t) Intangible Assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value at 
the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized and the expenditure is  
reflected in the consolidated statements of income (loss) during the period in which they are incurred.

Intellectual Property and Intangible Assets with Limited Lives
Intellectual property and intangible assets with limited lives are amortized over their useful lives and assessed for impairment whenever there is an 
indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range 
from 2 years to 15 years. The amortization period and the amortization method are reviewed at least on an annual basis and adjusted prospectively  
if appropriate.

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives
Intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or when there is an indication that the asset may be 
impaired either individually or at the CGU level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life continues 
to be supportable; if not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.

Gains or losses arising from the derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in the consolidated statements of income (loss) when the asset is derecognized.

u) Impairment of Non-financial Assets
Assets that have indefinite lives are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment or when there is an indication that the asset 
may be impaired.

Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment at the end of each reporting period or whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized at the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value-
in-use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped into CGUs at the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable 
independent cash inflows. Non-financial assets, other than goodwill, that experienced an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the 
impairment whenever reversal indicators exist.

v) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in subsidiary entities over the fair value of the underlying net 
identifiable tangible and intangible assets arising at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite life and is tested annually for impairment or when there is an indicator of impairment. Goodwill is carried  
at cost less accumulated impairment losses, if any. Impairment losses recognized on goodwill are not reversed.

Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to 
benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, but are not allocated above the operating segment level at which management 
monitors the recovery of goodwill.

Gains or losses on the disposal of a CGU or component of a CGU include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

47

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSw) Provisions
A provision is an accrued liability, legal or constructive, resulting from a past event with a high degree of uncertainty with respect to either the timing 
or amount. Provisions must be probable and should be measurable to be recognized, and are determined by discounting the expected future cash 
flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance costs in the consolidated statements of income (loss).

x) Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the 
commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments 
are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of 
the liability.

Leases in which substantially all of the benefits and risks of ownership are not transferred by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments 
made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss) on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

NOTE 3.  ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ISSUED BUT NOT YET APPLIED

IAS 12, Income Taxes
On January 19, 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12, Income Taxes, relating to the recognition of deferred income tax assets for unrealized 
losses. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company does  
not expect a material impact on the consolidated financial statements from the adoption of these amendments.

IFRS 2, Share-based Payment 
In June 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2, Share-based Payment in relation to the classification and measurement of share-based 
payment transactions. The amendments address three main areas:

•  The effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; 

•  The classification of a share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and

•   The accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from cash-

settled to equity-settled.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. On adoption, entities are required to apply the amendments 
without restating prior periods, but retrospective application is permitted if elected for all three amendments and other criteria are met. Early 
application is permitted. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments
In July 2015, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments, which replaces all phases of the financial instruments project, IAS 39, 
Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and all previous versions of IFRS 9. The standard introduces new requirements for classification 
and measurement, impairment, and hedge accounting. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with 
early adoption permitted. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
In May 2015, the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use 
in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15 revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration 
to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. The principles in IFRS 15 provide a more 
structured approach to measuring and recognizing revenue. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The 
Company is in the process of initiating data collection and will provide incremental disclosure leading up to its adoption of this standard in its interim 
and annual consolidated financial statements. 

IFRS 16, Leases
IFRS 16, issued by the IASB in January 2016, supersedes IAS 17, Leases (and related interpretations). The standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1, 2019, with earlier application permitted for entities that have also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers. The new standard provides a comprehensive model for the identification of lease arrangements and their treatment in the financial 
statements of both lessees and lessors. The most significant effect of the new requirements will be an increase in leased assets and financial 
liabilities. The Company has not yet determined the impact of this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

48

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNOTE 4.  NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED 

Amendments to IAS 1, Disclosure Initiative
The amendments to IAS 1, Disclosure Initiative clarify, rather than significantly change, existing IAS 1 requirements. The amendments clarify:

•   The materiality requirements in IAS 1; 

•   That specific line items in the statements of income, comprehensive income and financial position that may be disaggregated; 

•   That entities have flexibility as to the order in which they present the notes to the financial statements; and

•   That the share of OCI of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method must be presented in aggregate as a single line item, 

and classified between those items that will or will not be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss.

Furthermore, the amendments clarify the requirements that apply when additional subtotals are presented in the statement of financial position and 
the statements of income and comprehensive income. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016.  
The Company’s adoption of these amendments did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements – Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests
The amendments to IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements – Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests require that a joint operator accounting for the acquisition 
of an interest in a joint operation, in which the activity of the joint operation constitutes a business, must apply the relevant IFRS 3, Business 
Combinations principles for business combination accounting. The amendments also clarify that a previously held interest in a joint operation  
is not remeasured on the acquisition of an additional interest in the same joint operation if joint control is retained. In addition, a scope exclusion  
has been added to IFRS 11 to specify that the amendments do not apply when the parties sharing joint control, including the reporting entity, are 
under common control of the same ultimate controlling party. These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 
2016, and are to be applied prospectively. The Company’s adoption of these amendments did not have a material impact on the consolidated  
financial statements.

IAS 16, Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38, Intangible Assets
In May 2015, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 16, Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38, Intangible Assets prohibiting the use of revenue-
based depreciation for property, plant and equipment and significantly limiting the use of revenue-based amortization for intangible assets. These 
amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016, and are to be applied prospectively. The Company’s adoption  
of these amendments did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

NOTE 5.  ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of Lake Superior Consulting, LLC
On January 5, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of Lake Superior Consulting, LLC (“Lake Superior”) for approximately $37.3 million 
(US$26.9 million), excluding cash acquired of $5.2 million (US$3.7 million), and is inclusive of an earn-out payment of $7.2 million (US$5.2 million) that 
was paid in the second quarter of 2016. Lake Superior is a Duluth, Minnesota based professional services firm, specializing in pipeline engineering  
and integrity management services to major pipeline operators. The business operates from facilities in Minnesota, Texas, Nebraska, Kansas and  
North Dakota, provides pipeline design, engineering, inspection and commissioning as well as integrity management services, and had 2015 revenue 
of approximately US$45 million.

In the final purchase price equation, the approximate value of tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was $16.9 million and $5.0 million, 
respectively, and the approximate value of intangible assets acquired and related deferred income tax liabilities assumed was $32.0 million and  
$6.6 million, respectively. 

Flint Field Services Ltd.’s Tubular Inspection and Management, and Global Poly Businesses
On November 26, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of the assets of the Tubular Inspection and Management (“TIM”), and Global Poly 
businesses operated by Flint Field Services Ltd. for $34.5 million, including adjustments for changes in working capital. At the time of acquisition, 
the TIM and Global Poly businesses operated from five owned and five leased facilities in Alberta, British Columbia and Saskatchewan, and the TIM 
business is very similar to the tubular inspection and management business operated by Shawcor’s Guardian division. The Global Poly business  
has been integrated into the Flexpipe division of the Company. 

In the final purchase price equation of the Flint acquisition, the approximate value of the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was  
$44.0 million and $9.5 million, respectively. 

Dhatec B.V.
On January 5, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of Dhatec B.V. (“Dhatec”) for approximately $17.3 million (€12.2 million). Dhatec is a 
Netherlands-based company which designs, assembles and markets engineered pipe logistics products and services which mitigate damage  
and enhance safety and efficiency in the manufacturing, coating, handling, transportation, preservation and storage of pipe. Dhatec has been 
integrated into the Pipeline and Pipe Services operating segment of the Company and is part of the Bredero Shaw division. 

49

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIn the final purchase price equation of the Dhatec acquisition, the approximate value of the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was  
$6.4 million and $5.9 million, respectively; the approximate value of the intangible assets acquired and deferred income tax liabilities assumed was 
$19.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively. 

NOTE 6.  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Company defines capital that it manages as the aggregate of its equity and interest bearing liabilities. The Company’s objectives when managing 
capital are to ensure that the Company will continue to operate as a going concern and continue to provide products and services to its customers, 
preserve its ability to finance expansion opportunities as they arise, and provide returns to its shareholders.

The following table sets forth the Company’s total managed capital as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 
Equity 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

2,463 
263,528 
11,969 
1,043,040 

$ 

–

485,147

13,776

1,125,201

$  1,321,000 

$ 

1,624,124

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the 
underlying assets and business investment opportunities. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may issue or re-acquire shares, 
acquire or dispose of assets, or adjust the amount of cash and cash equivalents, bank indebtedness or long-term debt balances. The Company’s 
capital is not subject to any capital requirements imposed by any regulators; however, it is limited by the terms of its credit facility and long-term debt 
agreements. Specifically, the Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of its unsecured committed bank credit facility and 
its long-term debt. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2016. Please refer to note 29 for further information 
pertaining to the Company’s debt covenant requirements. 

NOTE 7.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company has classified its financial instruments as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Loans and Receivables, Measured at Amortized Cost 
Loans receivable (note 17) 
Trade accounts receivable, net (note 18) 

Held-to-maturity 
Short-term investments 
Deposit guarantee 

Fair Value Through Profit or Loss 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments – assets 
Derivative financial instruments – liabilities 

Available-for-sale 
Convertible preferred shares 

Other Financial Liabilities, Measured at Amortized Cost
Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable (note 26) 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt (note 30) 

50

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

8,890 
169,116 

$ 

7,908

284,538

1,890 
112 

194,824 
9,393 
3,759 

2,954

960

260,645

3,024

1,984

10,000 

10,000

2,463 
88,980 
3,684 
263,528 

–

110,648

3,939

485,147

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value – Measurement, provides a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are 
observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those that reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs 
reflect the Company’s assumptions with respect to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These two inputs used to measure fair 
value fall into the three different levels of the fair value hierarchy.

The following table presents the fair value of financial assets and liabilities in the fair value hierarchy as at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets   
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Derivative financial instruments 
Convertible preferred shares 
Deposit guarantee 

Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 
Derivative financial instruments 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

194,824 

$ 

194,824 

$ 

1,890 

8,890 

9,393 

10,000 

112 

1,890 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

8,890 

9,393 

– 

112 

–

–

–

–

10,000

–

$ 

225,109 

$ 

196,714 

$ 

18,395 

$ 

10,000

$ 

$ 

2,463 

3,684 

236,734 

3,759 

$  246,640 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

$ 

2,463 

3,684 

236,734 

3,759 

$  246,640 

$ 

–

–

–

–

–

The derivative financial instruments relate to foreign exchange forward contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) and are valued  
by comparing the rates of the underlying contract (hedge rate for a forward contract or an exercise price for an option) to the year-end rates quoted  
in the market. 

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks including market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit 
risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize 
potential adverse effects on the Company’s financial position and financial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of the Company’s 
management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly reported to the Board of Directors.

Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments 
in these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and non-operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, 
the Company’s consolidated revenue, expenses and financial position may be impacted by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates as these foreign 
currency amounts are translated into Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2016, fluctuations of +/- 5% in the Canadian dollar, relative to those 
foreign currencies, would impact the Company’s consolidated revenue, income from operations, and net income (attributable to shareholders of the 
Company) for the year then ended by approximately $49.9 million, $5.4 million and $6.1 million, respectively, prior to hedging activities. In addition, 
such fluctuations would impact the Company’s consolidated total assets, consolidated total liabilities and consolidated total equity by $61.2 million, 
$18.0 million and $43.2 million, respectively.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the Company’s 
foreign currency denominated cash streams and the resulting variability of the Company’s income. The Company utilizes foreign exchange forward 
contracts to manage this foreign exchange risk. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts for speculative purposes.  
With the exception of the Company’s US dollar based operations, the Company does not hedge translation exposures.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
The Company utilizes financial instruments to manage the risk associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally documents all 
relationships between hedging instruments and the hedge items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various  
hedge transactions. 

51

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under foreign exchange forward contracts, the average contractual exchange rates and 
the settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts)  

Canadian Dollars Sold for US Dollars   
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for Canadian Dollars   
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for Malaysian Ringgits 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for Euros 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
US Dollars Sold for British Pounds 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
British Pounds Sold for US Dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Norwegian Kroner Sold for US Dollars  
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 
Euros Sold for US Dollars 
  Less than one year 
  Weighted average rate 

   Cdn$ 6,445
 0.76

  US$ 12,000

1.32

  US$ 6,500

4.27

  US$ 22,111

0.94

  US$ 1,225

0.82

£ 45

1.44

  NOK 103,181

0.12

€ 24,656

1.12

The Company does not apply hedge accounting to account for its foreign exchange forward contracts. 

As at December 31, 2016, the Company had notional amounts of $113.7 million of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding (2015 –  
$145.7 million) with the fair value of the Company’s net gain from all foreign exchange forward contracts totalling $1.1 million (2015 – $1.0 million  
net benefit).

Net Investment Hedge
The US dollar denominated long-term debt has been designated as a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, which 
has the US dollar as its functional currency. During the year ended December 31, 2016, a gain of $18.5 million (2015 – loss of $78.3 million) on the 
translation of the long-term debt was transferred to OCI to offset the loss on translation of the net investments in the subsidiary. There was no 
ineffectiveness of this hedge for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2016:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial Assets 
Cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Convertible preferred shares 

Financial Liabilities 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds 
Bank indebtedness 
Long-term debt(a) 

Non-interest 
Bearing 

Floating 
Rate 

Fixed 
Fixed Rate 

Total

$ 

$ 

– 

– 

3,887 

10,000 

– 

– 

5,003 

– 

$ 

95,913 

$ 

95,913

1,890 

– 

– 

1,890

8,890

10,000

$ 

13,887 

$ 

5,003 

$ 

97,803 

$ 

116,693

$ 

90,898 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

2,463 

– 

– 

– 

263,528 

$ 

90,898

2,463

263,528

$ 

90,898 

$ 

2,463 

$ 

263,528 

$  356,889

(a)   As per the amendments to the Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility in May 2016 and December 2016, during any period when the Company is permitted an increased 

Leverage Ratio, increased interest rates and standby and other fees are payable to the Senior Notes holders and under the Credit Facility.

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from its floating rate Credit Facility and the Senior Notes and is not currently considered to be material.

52

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, foreign exchange forward contracts, as well as credit exposure of customers, 
including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum credit risk is equal to the carrying value of the financial instruments.

The objective of managing counterparty credit risk is to prevent losses in financial assets. The Company is subject to considerable concentration 
of credit risk since the majority of its customers operate within the global energy industry and are therefore affected to a large extent by the same 
macroeconomic conditions and risks. The Company manages this credit risk by assessing the creditworthiness of all counterparties, taking into 
account their financial position, past experience and other factors. Management also establishes and regularly reviews credit limits of counterparties 
and monitors utilization of those credit limits on an ongoing basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, there was one customer who generated approximately 13% of total consolidated revenue (2015 – one 
customer generated approximately 18% of total consolidated revenue). As at December 31, 2016, this customer accounted for $10 million or 
approximately 6%, of the Company’s total trade accounts receivable.

The carrying value of accounts receivable is reduced through the use of an allowance for doubtful accounts and the amount of the loss is recognized 
in the consolidated statements of income (loss) with a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses. When a receivable balance is considered 
to be uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited 
against selling, general and administrative expenses. 

As at December 31, 2016, $11.6 million, or 7%, of trade accounts receivable was more than 90 days overdue, compared to $36.5 million or 13%, as at 
December 31, 2015. The Company expects to receive full payment on accounts receivable that are neither past due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Bad debts expense 
Recovery of amounts previously provided for 
Write off of bad debts 
Impact of change in foreign exchange rates 

Balance – End of Year 

$ 

2016  

(5,004) 
(1,317) 
265 
1,014 
177 

2015

$ 

(12,516)

(3,512)

731

9,575

718

$ 

(4,865) 

$ 

(5,004)

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain sufficient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its liquidity requirements 
at any point in time. The Company achieves this by maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and through the availability of funding from 
committed credit facilities. As at December 31, 2016, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totalling $194.8 million (2015 – $260.6 million)  
and had unutilized lines of credit available to use of $399.2 million (2015 – $491.9 million). 

The following are the contractual maturities of the Company’s purchase commitments and financial liabilities as at December 31, 2016:

2020 

2021 

Thereafter 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Purchase commitments 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Bank indebtedness 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 
Operating lease commitments 

2017 

$ 

46,432 

88,980 

3,684 

2,463 

– 

9,376 

1,461 

24,709 

177,105 

2018 

$ 

2,105 

– 

– 

– 

– 

9,376 

1,397 

18,264 

31,142 

2019 

$ 

1,088 

– 

– 

– 

– 

9,376 

1,341 

16,851 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

82,513 

7,529 

1,338 

9,391 

28,656 

100,771 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6,917 

1,335 

9,325 

17,577 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total

$

49,625

88,980

3,684

2,463

181,015 

263,528

21,178 

9,248 

9,638 

63,752

16,120

88,178

221,079 

576,330

NOTE 8.  SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The CODM assesses segment performance based on segment operating income or loss, which is measured differently than income from  
operations in the consolidated financial statements. Income taxes are managed at a consolidated level and are not allocated to the reportable 
operating segments.

As at December 31, 2016, the Company had two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial.  
Inter-segment transactions between Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial are accounted for at negotiated transfer prices.  
The aggregation of the reportable segments is based on the customers and markets that the Company services. 

53

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment comprises the following divisions:

•   Bredero Shaw, which provides pipe coating, lining and insulation products. During 2015, the Socotherm division was integrated with the  

Bredero Shaw division;

•   Canusa – CPS, which manufactures heat shrinkable sleeves, adhesives and liquid coatings for pipeline joint protection applications;

•   Shaw Pipeline Services, which provides ultrasonic and radiographic weld inspection services for land and marine pipeline construction;

•   Flexpipe Systems, which provides spoolable composite pipe systems;

•   Guardian, which provides oilfield tubular management services and inspection, testing and refurbishment of oilfield tubular products;

•   Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly, “Desert NDT”), which provides non-destructive testing services for new oil and gas gathering pipelines  

and infrastructure integrity management services; and

•   Lake Superior Consulting, which provides pipeline engineering and integrity management services to major North American pipeline operators.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment comprises the Connection Systems division. The Connection Systems division was formed from the  
2015 integration of :

•   ShawFlex, which manufactures wire and cable for process instrumentation and control applications; and

•   DSG-Canusa, which manufactures heat shrinkable tubing for automotive, electrical, electronic and utility applications.

Financial and Corporate
The financial and corporate division for Shawcor does not meet the definition of a reportable operating segment as defined under IFRS, as it does  
not earn revenue.

54

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSegment
The following table sets forth information by segment for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline 
and Pipe Services 

Petrochemical 
and Industrial 

Financial 
and Corporate 

Eliminations 
and Adjustments 

2016 

$ 

2015 

$ 

2016 

$ 

2015 

$ 

2016 

$ 

Revenue 
  External 

  1,022,845 

  1,629,116   

186,414 

181,532 

Inter-segment 

467 

2,031   

1,004 

335 

Total Revenue 

  1,023,312 

  1,631,147 

187,418 

181,867 

–   

–   

–   

2015 

2016 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  1,209,259 

  1,810,648

(1,471)   

(2,366)   

– 

–

(1,471)   

(2,366)    1,209,259 

  1,810,648

2015 

$ 

Total

2016 

$ 

2015

$

971,721 

  1,396,213   

153,479 

148,500 

12,303   

26,045 

(1,471)   

(2,366)    1,136,032 

  1,568,392

11,593 

11,430   

674 

1,428 

972   

806 

51,910 

52,693   

3,278 

3,253 

2,067   

2,073 

23,035 

21,368   

(6,095)   

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

–   

– 

(398)   

(814)   

(28,852)   

149,443   

29,987 

28,686 

(14,944)   

(28,110)   

157,311 

590   

– 

– 

–   

– 

(186,163)   

148,853   

29,987 

28,686 

(14,944)   

(28,110)   

– 

–   

– 

– 

(3,536)   

(114)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(expense) income  

(21,080)   

(2,653)   

(1,176)   

(1,659)   

22,171   

3,009 

874   

5 

12 

94   

4,312 

123 

85 

– 

(1,550)   

(2,092)   

(7)   

(68)   

(17,439)   

(17,093)   

(27)   

Gain on arbitration award 

19,221 

(Loss) Income Before  

– 

–   

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

(3,009)   

–   

– 

– 

Income Taxes 

(186,563)   

144,982   

28,809 

26,971 

(16,663)   

(40,882)   

Income Taxes 

– 

–   

– 

– 

6,207   

31,551 

Operating expense 
Research and  
  development expenses 
Amortization of property,  
  plant and equipment 
Amortization of  

intangible assets 
Gains on sale of land 

(Loss) Income from  
  Operations for CODM 
Impairment 

(Loss) Income  

from Operations 
Loss from investments  

in associates 
Internal interest  

Interest income 
Interest expense and  
  other finance costs 
Cost associated with  
repayment and  
  modification of  
long-term debt 

Additions to property,  
  plant and equipment,  
  net of disposals 
Goodwill 
Total assets 
Total liabilities 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

13,239 

13,664

57,255 

58,019

23,035 

21,368

(6,493)   

(814)

(13,809)   

150,019

157,311 

590

(171,120)   

149,429

(3,536)   

(114)

– 

–

3,108 

1,009

(19,023)   

(19,253)

(3,009)   

19,221 

–

–

(174,359)   

131,071

6,207 

31,551

79,243 

50,712

  350,818 

457,070

– 

– 

58 

– 

– 

– 

72,706 

47,751   

6,394 

  334,088 

439,181   

16,730 

1,642 

17,889 

143   

–   

1,319 

– 

  1,682,578 

  2,373,313   

113,329 

118,464 

  1,431,746    1,048,489 

 (1,449,862)   (1,394,561)    1,777,791 

  2,145,705

  1,053,464 

  981,499   

(57,302)   

27,361 

67,786   

441,027 

(329,197)   

(429,383)   

734,751 

  1,020,504

55

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Geographical Information
The following table sets forth information by geographic region for the years ended December 31; the geographic region is determined by the country 
or location of operation.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
  External 

Inter-segment 

Total revenue 

Non-current assets(b) 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
  External 

Inter-segment 

Total revenue 

Non-current assets(b) 

Canada 

USA 

Latin 
America 

2016

EMAR(a) 

Asia 
Pacific 

 Eliminations 

Total

$ 

287,992 

$ 

316,616 

$ 

56,149 

$  426,554 

$ 

121,948 

$ 

– 

$  1,209,259

1,471 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,471) 

–

$  289,463 

$ 

273,684 

$ 

$ 

316,616 

534,766 

$ 

$ 

56,149 

$  426,554 

48,282 

$ 

113,389 

$ 

$ 

121,948 

52,325 

$ 

$ 

(1,471) 

$  1,209,259

– 

$  1,022,446

Canada 

USA 

Latin 
America 

2015

EMAR(a) 

Asia 
Pacific 

 Eliminations 

Total

$ 

491,276 

$ 

343,845 

$ 

150,597 

$  643,828 

$ 

181,102 

$ 

– 

$  1,810,648

2,109 

70 

186 

1 

– 

(2,366) 

–

$ 

$ 

493,385 

283,426 

$ 

$ 

343,915 

622,132 

$ 

$ 

150,783 

$  643,829 

34,154 

$ 

174,730 

$ 

$ 

181,102 

59,179 

$ 

$ 

(2,366) 

$  1,810,648

– 

$  1,173,621

(a)  Refers to the Europe, Middle East, Africa and Russia geographic region.

(b)  Excluding financial instruments, deferred income tax assets and accrued employee future benefit asset.

NOTE 9.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

The following table sets forth the Company’s employee benefits expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries, wages and employee benefits 
Pension (note 15) 
Share-based and other incentive-based compensation (note 14) 

Total  

NOTE 10.  FINANCE COSTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s finance costs for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long-term debt 

Finance Costs – Net 

$ 

2016 

447,477 
13,843 
6,333 

2015

$ 

577,379

15,427

2,166

$ 

467,653 

$ 

594,972

$ 

2016 

(3,108) 
4,739 
14,284 

$ 

2015

(1,009)

3,359

15,894

$ 

15,915 

$ 

18,244

56

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 11. 

INCOME TAXES

The following table sets forth the Company’s income tax expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current Income Taxes 
Based on taxable income of current year 
Adjustment to prior year provision 

Deferred Income Taxes 
Reversal of temporary differences 

Total Income Tax Expense 

2016 

2015

$ 

19,569 
3,034 

22,603 

(16,396) 

(16,396) 

$ 

31,968

1,778

33,746

(2,195)

(2,195)

$ 

6,207 

$ 

31,551

The following table sets forth the Company’s income taxes on items recognized in OCI for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax expense on actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans 

Income Tax Expense Charged to OCI   

2016 

752 

752 

$ 

$ 

2015

1,415

1,415

$ 

$ 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31:

Expected income tax expense based on statutory rate   
Tax rate differential on earnings of foreign subsidiaries    
Benefit of previously unrecognized tax losses 
Deferred tax not recognized 
Adjustment to prior year provision 
Non-deductible amounts 
Other 

Effective Income Tax Rate 

2016 

% 

26.8 
11.2 
1.6 
(50.1) 
(1.5) 
12.7 
(4.3) 

(3.6) 

2015

%

26.5
(6.3)
(4.6)
7.3
1.4
0.5
 (0.6)

24.2

The expected income tax rate is computed using the average Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates based on an estimated allocation of 
(loss) income before income taxes to the various provinces.

Recognized Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
The following table sets forth the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets  
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Non-capital losses 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 

Net Deferred Income Tax Asset 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

3,353 
25,250 
23,323 

51,926 

(20,167) 
(10,288) 

(30,455) 

$ 

4,413

36,688

17,315

58,416

(32,260)

(13,386)

(45,646)

$ 

21,471 

$ 

12,770

The following table sets forth the Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred income tax assets 
Deferred income tax liabilities 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

$ 

28,955 
(7,484) 

$ 

27,668
(14,898)

21,471 

$ 

12,770

57

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has recorded deferred income tax assets of $23.3 million as at December 31, 2016 (2015 – $17.3 million), pertaining to loss 
carryforwards based on management’s financial projections and the relevant income tax legislation in each jurisdiction. 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Net operating losses 

Change in deferred income tax assets 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 

Change in deferred income tax liabilities 

Change in Deferred Income Taxes 

Deferred income taxes in OCI 
Deferred income taxes acquired through acquisitions 

Deferred Income Tax Recovery in Net (Loss) Income 

Consolidated Statements  
of Income (Loss)

2016 

2015

$ 

$ 

1,060 
11,438 
(6,008) 

6,490 

(12,093) 
(3,097) 

(15,190) 

(8,700) 

(752) 
(6,944) 

6,077

3,466

(5,807)

3,736

(7,666)

6,172

(1,494)

2,242

(1,415)

(3,022)

$ 

(16,396) 

$ 

(2,195)

The Company has not recognized a deferred income tax liability for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the 
Company’s subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, as the Company has determined that  
the undistributed profits of its subsidiaries will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. The temporary difference associated with investments  
in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, for which a deferred income tax liability has not been recognized, aggregated to $86.3 million and  
$82.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Company has net operating losses of $296.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 (2015 – $120.9 million) in various jurisdictions for 
which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These losses expire subsequent to the 2018 fiscal year. The Company has capital losses  
of $52.1 million and $18.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, in various jurisdictions for which no deferred income 
tax asset has been recognized. These capital losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

NOTE 12.  EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following table details the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the purposes of calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 
(“EPS”) for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except share and per share amounts) 

2016 

2015

Net (loss) income used to calculate EPS 
  Net (loss) income (attributable to the shareholders of the Company) 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic (000s) 
Dilutive effect of stock options  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted (000s) 

Basic EPS 
Diluted EPS 

$ 

(180,960) 

$ 

98,244

64,719 
– 

64,719 

$ 

$ 

(2.80) 
(2.80) 

$ 

$ 

64,512

250

64,762

1.52

1.52

NOTE 13.  KEY MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION

Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and corporate officers. The compensation paid or payable to key management for 
employee and director services is shown below for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries and other short-term incentive compensation and employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits – defined benefit plans 
Share-based and other long-term incentive payments   
Directors’ fees and other compensation 

Total  

$ 

$ 

2016 

1,806 
256 
1,823 
2,747 

$ 

6,632 

$ 

2015

2,065
370
3,448
938

6,821

58

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14.  SHARE-BASED AND OTHER INCENTIVE-BASED COMPENSATION

As at December 31, 2016, the Company had the following stock option plan, which was initiated in 2001:

Under the Company’s 2001 employee stock option plan (the “2001 Employee Plan”), which is a traditional stock option plan, the options granted have 
a term of approximately ten years from the date of the grant. Exercises of stock options are permitted on the basis of 20% of the optioned shares per 
year over five years, on a cumulative basis, commencing one year following the date of the grant. The grant price equals the closing sales price of the 
common shares on the day prior to the grant.

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved the amended 2001 Employee Plan (the “Amended 2001 Employee Plan”). All stock options granted in 2010, 
and certain options granted thereafter, under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have a tandem share appreciation right (“SAR”) attached, which 
allows the option holder to exercise either the option and receive a share, or exercise the SAR and receive a cash payment that is equivalent to 
the difference between the grant price and fair market value. All stock options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have the same 
characteristics as stock options that were granted under the original 2001 Employee Plan with respect to vesting requirements, term, termination  
and other provisions. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and changes during the year is presented below:

Stock Options without Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year 
Granted  
Exercised 

Balance Outstanding – End of Year 

Options Exercisable 

December 31, 2016 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 
$45.01 to $50.00 

December 31, 2015 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 
$45.01 to $50.00 

2016 

2015

Weighted 
Average  
Exercise Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

Total Shares 

Total Shares 

1,043,440 

$ 

223,600 

(93,960) 

1,173,080 

724,360 

$ 

$ 

32.27 
27.72 
24.58 

32.02 

31.14 

989,870 

$ 

77,700 

(24,130) 

1,043,440 

686,508 

$ 

$ 

31.71

35.79

21.05

32.27

28.90

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

2.01 
5.57 
5.80 
5.76 
6.01 
7.01 

5.30 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31, 
2016 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

$ 

15.51 

27.76 

32.69 

36.65 

41.69 

45.73 

163,720 

$ 

131,000 

145,160 

118,140 

147,780 

18,560 

$ 

32.02 

724,360 

$ 

15.51

29.45

32.81

37.11

41.69

45.73

31.14

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life (years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

$ 

2.98 

1.54 

5.98 

6.71 

6.98 

7.98 

15.51 

27.73 

32.81 

36.66 

41.69 

45.73 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31, 
2015 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price

169,520 

$ 

15.51 

219,160 

108,220 

81,808 

98,520 

9,280 

27.73

32.81

37.32

41.69

45.73

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31, 
2016 

163,720 

307,900 

227,100 

181,660 

246,300 

46,400 

1,173,080 

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31, 
2015 

169,520 

219,160 

182,100 

179,960 

246,300 

46,400 

  1,043,440 

5.01 

$ 

32.27 

686,508 

$ 

28.90

59

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board approved the granting of 223,600 stock options (2015 – 77,700) during the year ended December 31, 2016 under the Amended 2001 
Employee Plan. The total fair value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1.44 million (2015 – $0.6 million)  
and was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Weighted average share price 
Exercise price 
Expected life of options 
Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2016 

27.72 
27.72 
6.25 
29.7% 
1.88% 
1.24% 

2015

35.79

35.79

6.25

29.0%

1.63%

1.34%

The volatility measured at the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns is based on the statistical analysis of daily share prices 
over the expected life of the options.

The fair value of options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan will be amortized to compensation expense over the five-year vesting 
period of the options. The compensation cost from the amortization of granted stock options for the year ended December 31, 2016, included in 
selling, general and administrative expenses, was $1.7 million (2015 – $1.2 million). 

Stock Options with Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year 
Granted  
Expired   

Balance Outstanding – End of Year 

Options Exercisable 

2016 

2015

Total  
Shares 

277,300 

$ 

110,800 

(20,800) 

367,300 

144,000 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value(a) 

11.69 
6.77 
11.30 

10.23 

10.98 

Total 
Shares 

182,100 

$ 

94,800 

400 

277,300 

113,760 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value

13.29

8.62

12.94

11.69

13.07

(a)  The weighted average fair value refers to the fair value of the underlying shares of the Company on the grant date of the SARs.

The mark-to-market liability for the stock options with SARs as at December 31, 2016 is $2.0 million (2015 – $0.8 million), all of which is included in 
current and non-current other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved a new long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) for executives and key employees and a deferred share unit (“DSU”) 
plan for directors of the Company. Additional details with respect to the LTIP and DSU plan are as follows:

LTIP
The LTIP includes the existing stock option plan discussed above, the Value Growth Plan (“VGP”) and the Employee Share Unit Plan (“ESUP”).

VGP
The VGP is a cash-based awards plan, which rewards executives and key employees for improving operating income and revenue over a three-year 
performance period. Units granted to participants vest at the end of the third year of the performance period for which they were granted. The value 
of units is determined based on the growth rate in operating revenue and income on a cumulative basis for the three consecutive years that comprise 
the performance period and is measured against the prior three-year baseline period. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period. All units granted under the VGP will be classified as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they  
be settled in cash.

The VGP liability as at December 31, 2016 is $1.7 million (2015 – $16.6 million). 

ESUP
The ESUP authorizes the Board to grant awards of RSUs and performance share units (“PSUs”) to employees of the Company as a form of incentive 
compensation. All RSUs and PSUs are to be settled with common shares and are valued on the basis of the underlying weighted average trading 
price of the common shares over the five trading days preceding the grant date. The valuation is not subsequently adjusted for changes in the market 
price of the common shares prior to the settlement of the award. Each RSU and PSU granted under the ESUP represents one common share. The 
ESUP provides that the maximum number of common shares that are reserved for issuance from time to time shall be fixed at 1,000,000 common 
shares. The RSUs vest in two tranches over a period of one to five years and four to seven years, respectively and become exercisable once vesting 
is completed. Compensation cost is recognized over the vesting period in accordance with IFRS. All RSUs and PSUs granted are classified as equity 
instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they be settled in shares. 

60

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s RSU/PSU reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year  
Granted  
Exercised 
Cancelled 

Balance Outstanding – End of Year 

RSUs/PSUs Exercisable 

2016 

Total  
Shares 

472,849 

$ 

116,333 

(16,033) 

(31,708) 

541,441 

159,264 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 

Fair Value(a)(b) 

32.84 
26.54 
28.87 
29.61 

31.79 

33.77 

2015

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date

Fair Value(a)

36.69

28.77

34.21

36.27

32.84

33.63

Total 
Shares 

261,708 

$ 

231,979 

(3,322) 

(17,516) 

472,849 

95,838 

$ 

$ 

(a)   RSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

(b)   PSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

DSUs
Under the Company’s DSU plan, all directors (other than the President and Chief Executive Officer) of the Company can elect to receive all or a portion 
of their compensation for services rendered as a director of the Company in share units or a combination of share units and cash. The number of 
DSUs received is equal to the dollar amount to be paid in DSUs divided by the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five 
days immediately preceding the date of the grant. DSUs are to be settled at the time that the director ceases to be a member of the Board and each 
DSU entitles the holder to receive one common share or the cash equivalent. DSUs vest immediately on the date of the grant. The value of a DSU and 
the related compensation expense is determined and recorded based on the current market price of the underlying common shares on the date of 
the grant. Common shares are purchased on the open market to settle outstanding share units. 

All DSUs granted will be classified as liability instruments on the date of the grant in accordance with IFRS as the unitholder has the option to settle  
in cash or in shares. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s DSU reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance Outstanding – Beginning of Year  
Granted  
Exercised(b) 

Balance Outstanding – End of Year 

2016 

Total  
Shares 

110,597 

$ 

37,830 

– 

148,427 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 

Fair Value(a) 

36.37 
31.58 
– 

35.15 

2015

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date

Fair Value(a)

38.04

31.98

35.92

36.37

Total 
Shares 

99,675 

$ 

41,032 

(30,110) 

110,597 

$ 

(a)   DSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the five trading days 

preceding the grant date.

(b)  DSU awards cannot be exercised while the director is still a member of the Board.

The mark-to-market liability for the DSUs as at December 31, 2016 is $5.3 million (2015 – $3.1 million), all of which is included in current and non-current 
other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Incentive-based Compensation
The following table sets forth the incentive-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Stock option expense 
VGP recovery 
DSU expense (recovery) 
RSU expense 
SAR expense (recovery) 

$ 

$ 

2016 

1,659 
(815) 
2,215 
4,308 
1,181 

Total Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation Expense 

$ 

8,548 

$ 

2015

1,174

(1,516)

(40)

3,155

(647)

2,126

61

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 15.  EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS

The Company provides future benefits to its employees under a number of defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. The defined 
benefit pension plans are in Canada, the UK and Norway and include both flat-dollar plans for hourly employees and final earnings plans for salaried 
employees. The Company also provides a post-employment life insurance benefit to its Canadian retirees and a post-employment benefit to its 
hourly and salaried employees in Indonesia.

The Company’s funding policy for the Canadian registered pension plans is to fund in accordance with the requirements of applicable pension 
legislation. The determination of the required funding is made on the basis of periodic actuarial valuations as required under applicable pension 
legislation. The Company is responsible for the governance of the pension plans, including overseeing investment decisions. The Company has also 
appointed experienced independent professional experts such as investment managers, actuaries and consultants to assist in the management of 
the pension plans.

By their nature, defined benefit pension plans carry many types of financial risk. The main financial risks faced by the Company’s pension plans can 
be summarized as follows: 

•   Longevity risk: the risk that retirees will, on average, collect a pension for a longer period of time than expected based on the mortality assumption;

•   Investment risk: the risk that the invested assets of the plan will not yield the assumed rate of return, resulting in insufficient assets to provide for 

the benefits promised and/or requiring the Company to make additional contributions to fund the deficit;

•   Interest rate risk: the risk from changing market interest rates. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities. This risk is greater  

to the extent that there is a mismatch between the characteristics of the assets and liabilities;

•   Regulatory/legal risk: the risk of regulatory/jurisprudence changes that can alter the benefits promised. 

The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defined benefit pension plans, the post-retirement insurance plans and the post-
employment benefit plan during 2016 were $2.6 million (2015 – $4.4 million). The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defined 
contribution pension arrangements during 2016 were $9.3 million (2015 – $10.9 million). 

The Company measures the fair value of plan assets and the defined benefit obligation as at December 31 of each year. Actuarial valuations for the 
Company’s registered defined benefit pension plans and the Supplementary Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for Executives of Shawcor Ltd. 
are generally required at least every three years. The most recent actuarial valuations of the plans were conducted as of August 1, 2016 (one plan), 
December 31, 2015 (one plan), January 1, 2014 (two plans), December 31, 2013 (three plans) and August 1, 2013 (one plan).

The employee future benefit amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accrued Employee Future Benefit Asset 
Pension plans (note 24) 

Accrued Employee Future Benefit Liability 
Pension plans 
Post-employment benefits 
Post-retirement life insurance 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

9,154 

$ 

9,154 

(17,471) 
(3,146) 
(110) 

(20,727) 

8,489

8,489

(19,277)

(2,553)

(112)

(21,942)

Net Accrued Employee Future Benefit Liability 

$ 

(11,573) 

$ 

(13,453)

The following was the composition of plan assets at the consolidated balance sheet dates, for the Canadian registered defined benefit pension plans:

Investments Quoted in Active Markets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity instruments 
Debt instruments 

The following was the composition of invested plan assets at the consolidated balance sheet dates for the SERP:

Investments Quoted in Active Markets: 
Equity instruments(a) 

(a)  The amounts in the above table exclude amounts held in the refundable tax account by the Canada Revenue Agency.

62

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

6% 
63% 
31% 

100% 

4%

65%

31%

100%

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

100% 

100%

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual Return on Plan Assets
The actual return on plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 amounted to $8.1 million and $8.2 million, respectively.

Employee Future Benefit Cost
The employee future benefit cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current service costs 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefits 
Interest cost on defined benefit obligation 
Interest income on plan assets 

Impact of asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement 

Defined benefit cost recognized 
Defined contribution cost recognized  

Employee Future Benefit Cost Recognized(a) 

(a)  The total amount is included in the consolidated statements of income (loss) in selling, general and administrative expenses.

The employee future benefit income recognized in OCI is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Valuation effect 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income) 
Net actuarial losses (gains) recognized in the year   
Other changes in asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement not included in net interest cost 
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 

Employee Future Benefit Income Recognized in OCI 

Changes in the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Valuation effect 
Employer current service cost 
Net interest cost 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefits 
Benefit payments 
Actuarial losses (gains) due to changes in economic assumptions 
Experience gains 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – End of Year 

Changes in the fair value of the plan assets for the year ended December 31 are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of Year 
Valuation effect 
Employer contributions 
Settlement 
Benefit payments 
Interest income on plan assets 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income) 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – End of Year 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

$ 

3,050 
(198) 
4,413 
(4,028) 

3,237 

121 

3,358 
10,485 

3,619

186

5,068

(4,473)

4,400

103

4,503

10,924

$ 

13,843 

$ 

15,427

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

$ 

156 
(4,096) 
4,139 
(2,760) 
(283) 

707

(3,773)

(2,499)

395

246

$ 

(2,844) 

$ 

(4,924)

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

135,052 
(102) 
3,050 
4,413 
(505) 
(7,008) 
5,625 
(1,486) 
(2,478) 

$ 

133,195

–

3,619

5,068

186

(6,165)

(1,775)

(724)

1,648

$ 

136,561 

$ 

135,052

2016 

2015

$ 

125,048 
(258) 
2,607 
(307) 
(7,008) 
4,028 
4,096 
(2,875) 

$ 

117,452

(707)

4,440

–

(6,165)

4,473

3,773

1,782

$ 

125,331 

$ 

125,048

63

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The net employee future benefit liability as at the end of the year is calculated as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Defined benefit obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

Net liability before impact of asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement   

Impact of asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement 

Net Employee Future Benefit Liability  

The following are the principal assumptions for the actuarial valuation of the plans as at December 31:

Canada  
  Defined benefit obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Norway  
  Defined benefit obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 
  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

United Kingdom 
  Defined benefit obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality  

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Indonesia 
  Defined benefit obligation 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 

  Benefit cost for the year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
   Future salary increase 

64

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

136,561 
125,331 

11,230 

349 

$ 

135,052

125,048

10,004

3,449

$ 

11,579 

$ 

 13,453

2016 

2015

3.78% 
3.50% 
n/a 

CPM 2014 
Private with 

3.90%

3.50%

n/a
CPM 2014 
Private with 

scale CPM-B 

scale CPM-B

3.90% 
3.50% 

2.60% 
2.50% 
0.00% 
K2013 

2.70% 
2.50% 

2.60% 
n/a 
2.70% 
S1PA 

3.90%

3.50%

2.70%

2.50%

0.00%

K2013

2.30%

2.75%

4.00%

n/a

2.50%

S1PA  

(projected) 

(projected)

4.00% 
n/a 

3.70%

n/a

8.50% 

9.00%

10.00% (local),  
6.00% (expat) 
n/a 

Indonesia’s 
  Table 2011 

10.00% (local),

6.00% (expat)

n/a
Indonesia’s 

  Table 2011

9.00% 

8.40%

10.00% (local),  
6.00% (expat) 

10.00% (local),

6.00% (expat)

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity Analysis
A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant assumptions as at December 31, 2016 is as shown below:

Significant Assumptions 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Discount rate 
  Decrease of 50% basis points 
Increase of 50% basis points 

Future salary increase 
  Decrease of 50% basis points 
Increase of 50% basis points 

Mortality Assumption – Impact of Life Expectancy being one year longer   

Impact of Sensitivity Analysis  
on Defined Benefit Obligation

 Change 

 % Change

9,900 

(8,912) 

(2,427) 

2,696 

3,754 

7.2%

(6.5%)

(1.8%)

2.0%

2.7%

The sensitivity analysis noted above has been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on the defined benefit obligation as a 
result of reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring during the year ended December 31, 2016. 

Other Information
The Company expects to contribute $3.7 million to its defined benefit plans for the year ending December 31, 2017.

The average duration of the defined benefit plans as at December 31, 2016 is 15 years.

NOTE 16.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cash  
Cash equivalents 

Total  

NOTE 17.  LOANS RECEIVABLE

The following table sets forth the Company’s loans receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current   
Notes receivable 
Loan receivable 

Non-current  
Notes receivable(a) 
Loan receivable 

Total   

December 31 
 2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

98,911 
95,913 

$ 

250,030

10,615

$ 

194,824 

$ 

260,645

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

82 
3,750 

3,832 

5,003 
55 

5,058 

$ 

8,890 

$ 

–

–

–

5,166

2,742

7,908

7,908

(a)   Long-term notes receivable relate to an amount advanced by the Company to an external party to support the construction of port facilities at a Bredero Shaw plant location in Kabil, 
Indonesia. Interest is payable semi-annually at US prime plus 0.25%, with principal repayments to be made in four semi-annual instalments beginning no later than March 31, 2018, 
as set out in the loan agreement terms. As at December 31, 2016, the amount of the notes receivable was US$3,726 (December 31, 2015 – US$3,726).

NOTE 18.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The following table sets forth the Company’s trade and other receivables as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Trade accounts receivable 
Allowance for doubtful accounts (note 7) 
Unbilled revenue and other receivables 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

173,981 
(4,865) 
125,281 

$ 

289,542

(5,004)

112,436

$ 

294,397 

$ 

396,974

65

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the aging of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current   
Past due 1 to 30 days 
Past due 31 to 60 days 
Past due 61 to 90 days 
Past due for more than 90 days 

Total trade accounts receivable 
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts 

Trade Accounts Receivable – Net 

NOTE 19. 

INVENTORY

The following table sets forth the Company’s inventories as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Raw materials and supplies 
Work-in-progress 
Finished goods 
Inventory obsolescence 

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

102,978 
40,367 
12,114 
6,960 
11,562 

173,981 
(4,865) 

$ 

171,066

52,816

22,489

6,705

36,466

289,542
(5,004) 

$ 

169,116 

$ 

284,538

December 31 
2016 

 December 31 
2015

$ 

84,238 
12,906 
42,313 
(25,972) 

$ 

105,501

14,481

70,356

(22,781)

$ 

113,485 

$ 

167,557

During 2016, the Company recorded an increase of $3.2 million (2015 – $2.8 million) in the provision for inventory obsolescence, due to the build-up 
of certain excess raw materials. 

NOTE 20.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following table sets forth the Company’s property, plant and equipment as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost   
Balance – December 31, 2014 
Exchange differences 
Additions  
Acquisitions 
Decommissioning liabilities and other  
Disposals 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Exchange differences 
Additions  
Acquisitions 
Disposals 

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
Progress 

Buildings 

Total

$ 

63,822 

$ 

213,633 

$ 

742,979 

$ 

37,794 

$  1,058,228

1,366 

4,165 

15,238 

734 

– 

(6,965) 

5,890 

2,958 

367 

(2,981) 

65,026 

52,772 

9,585 

2,269 

(35,737) 

(256) 

(1,674) 

– 

– 

– 

59,171

61,153

27,781

3,370

(38,718)

85,325 

212,902 

836,894 

35,864 

1,170,985

(1,070) 

(1,136) 

3,584 

(3,606) 

(6,343) 

12,447 

2,233 

(9,797) 

(28,745) 

41,135 

4,670 

(32,026) 

(1,346) 

35,019 

– 

(3) 

(37,504)

87,465

10,487

(45,432)

Balance – December 31, 2016 

$ 

83,097 

$ 

211,442 

$ 

821,928 

$ 

69,534 

$  1,186,001

66

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance – December 31, 2016 

$ 

(22,104) 

$ 

(98,208) 

$ 

(524,734) 

$ 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance – December 31, 2014 
Exchange differences 
Amortization 
Decommissioning liabilities and other  
Eliminated on disposal 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Exchange differences 
Amortization 
Disposals 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2014 
Exchange differences 
Impairment (note 25) 
Eliminated on disposal 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Exchange differences 
Impairment (note 25) 
Disposal  

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
Progress 

Buildings 

$ 

(18,523) 

$ 

(93,811) 

$ 

(463,123) 

$ 

197 

(636) 

(1,806) 

– 

523 

(5,116) 

(314) 

1,840 

(32,698) 

(52,267) 

(1,491) 

27,104 

(20,768) 

(96,878) 

(522,475) 

358 

(1,702) 

8 

(2,065) 

(5,380) 

6,115 

21,397 

(50,173) 

26,517 

Land 
and Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in- 
Progress 

Buildings 

$ 

(2,495) 

$ 

(9,053) 

$ 

(35,912) 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

(2,495) 

– 

– 

– 

525 

– 

1,961 

(6,567) 

(3,130) 

(10,262) 

– 

(3,253) 

(590) 

3,508 

(36,247) 

6,827 

(18,611) 

998 

Total

$ 

(575,457)

(31,978)

(58,019)

(3,611)

28,944

 (640,121)

19,690

(57,255)

32,640

$ 

(645,046)

Total

$ 

(47,460)

(2,728)

(590)

5,469

(45,309)

3,697

(28,873)

998

$ 

(69,487)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

$ 

(2,495) 

$ 

(19,959) 

$ 

(47,033) 

$ 

Net book value 

As at December 31, 2015 

As at December 31, 2016 

$ 

$ 

62,062 

58,498 

$ 

$ 

109,457 

93,275 

$ 

$ 

278,172 

250,161 

$ 

$ 

35,864 

69,534 

$ 

$ 

485,555

471,468

67

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 21. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table sets forth the Company’s intangible assets as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost   
Balance – December 31, 2014 
Exchange differences 
Additions 
Acquisition of a subsidiary 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Exchange differences 
Transfers 
Acquisition of a subsidiary 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance – December 31, 2014 
Exchange differences  
Amortization 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Exchange differences  
Amortization 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Accumulated Impairment 
Balance – December 31, 2014 
Exchange differences  

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Impairment (note 25) 
Exchange differences  

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Net book value 

As at December 31, 2015 

As at December 31, 2016 

Intellectual 
Property, with 

Limited Life(a) 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Limited Life(b) 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Indefinite Life(c) 

Total

$ 

80,932 

$ 

222,324 

$ 

6,229 

$ 

309,485

2,524 

110 

2,413 

33,432 

– 

9,676 

85,979 

265,432 

(171) 

– 

– 

(4,058) 

4,566 

17,510 

761 

– 

– 

6,990 

(149) 

(4,566) 

– 

36,717

110

12,089

358,401

(4,378)

–

17,510

$ 

85,808 

$  283,450 

$ 

2,275 

$ 

371,533

$ 

(28,508) 

$ 

(23,265) 

$ 

(322) 

(5,568) 

(34,398) 

(30) 

(5,521) 

(2,571) 

(15,800) 

(41,636) 

(1,630) 

(17,514) 

$ 

(39,949) 

$ 

(60,780) 

$ 

$ 

(3,756) 

$ 

(51,220) 

$ 

667 

(3,089) 

(7,546) 

(686) 

(4,760) 

(55,980) 

(9,395) 

(526) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(675) 

– 

$ 

(51,773)

(2,893)

(21,368)

(76,034)

(1,660)

(23,035)

$ 

(100,729)

$ 

(54,976)

(4,093)

(59,069)

(17,6 16)

(1,212)

$ 

(11,321) 

$ 

(65,901) 

$ 

(675) 

$ 

(77,897)

$ 

$ 

48,492 

34,538 

$ 

$ 

167,816 

156,769 

$ 

$ 

6,990 

1,600 

$ 

$ 

223,298

192,907

(a)   Intellectual property, with limited life, represents the cost of certain technology, know-how and patents obtained mainly through acquisitions. The Company amortizes the cost of 

intellectual property over its estimated useful life, which ranges from 10 years to 15 years. 

(b)   Intangible assets, with limited life, represent customer relationships, trademarks, and non-compete agreements acquired directly or in conjunction with a past business combination. 

The Company amortizes the cost of intangible assets with limited life over their estimated useful lives, which ranges from 2 years to 15 years. The net book value of customer 
relationships as at December 31, 2016 is $154.6 million (2015 – $163.1 million), and is included in intangible assets, with limited life, in the table above. 

(c)   Intangible assets, with indefinite life, represent the value of brands obtained in previous acquisitions. As the Company has the exclusive right to use and benefit from the brands of 

the acquired companies for an undefined period, certain acquired brands have been classified as intangible assets with indefinite life. As the cost of intangible assets, with indefinite 
life, is not amortized, the Company assesses these intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or when there is an indicator of impairment (please refer to note 25). 

NOTE 22.  GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are shown below:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Gross amount of goodwill 
Accumulated impairment of goodwill   

Net Balance – Beginning of Year 
Acquisition (note 5) 
Impairment (note 25) 
Foreign exchange 

Net Balance – End of Year 

68

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

508,312 
(51,242) 

457,070 
14,458 
(110,822) 
(9,888) 

$  442,847
(46,646)

396,201
7,756
–
53,113

$ 

350,818 

$ 

457,070

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the significant carrying amounts of goodwill by CGU:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw  
Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly, “Desert NDT”) 
Flexpipe Systems 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina) 
Dhatec   
Shawcor CSI 
DSG-Canusa GmbH 
Lake Superior 

December 31 
2016  

December 31 
2015

$  206,563 
50,140 
49,730 
5,881 
7,774 
– 
16,730 
14,000 

$ 

206,042

1 6 7,1 4 4

49,730

6,073

8,312

1,880

17,889

–

$ 

350,818 

$ 

457,070

Impairment Testing for Each Cash Generating Unit Containing Goodwill
The Company performs a goodwill impairment test for each specified group of CGUs (“GCGU”) that contains goodwill at the Company’s annual 
goodwill impairment testing date of October 31 (“Annual Goodwill Valuation Date”), or when indicators of impairment exist at its GCGUs. At the Annual 
Goodwill Valuation Date of October 31, 2016, the Company concluded there was no impairment of goodwill in any of its GCGUs, as the recoverable 
amount for these GCGUs was higher than their respective carrying amounts. 

On September 30, 2016, the Company performed impairment tests for its Shawcor Inspection Services Cash-Generating Unit (“DCGU”) and Shawcor 
CSI Cash-Generating Unit (“CSICGU”) and concluded that goodwill was partially impaired for the DCGU and fully impaired for the CSICGU. The 
impairment of the DCGU goodwill is further discussed in note 25. 

Recoverable Amount
The Company determines the recoverable amount for its GCGUs as the higher of Value in Use and the Fair Value Less Cost to Dispose (“FVLCD”). For 
the goodwill impairment tests, the FVLCD of each of the GCGUs was higher than its carrying amount, except for the DCGU and CSICGU as outlined in 
note 25. The FVLCD measurement was categorized as a Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation method used.

FVLCD calculations use post-tax cash flow projections based on three-year financial Business Plans approved by the Board, which are then projected 
out for a further period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using 
estimated growth rates as applicable. The FVLCD is calculated net of selling costs that are estimated at 2%.

The FVLCD is determined by discounting the future free cash flows generated from the Company’s continuing use of the respective GCGUs. The 
discount rates used are post-tax and reflect specific risks relating to the GCGUs. The discounted cash flow model employed by the Company reflects 
the specific risks of each GCGU and their business environment. The model calculates the FVLCD as the present value of the projected free cash 
flows and the Terminal Value of each GCGU.

The calculation of FVLCD for each GCGU is most sensitive to the following key assumptions:

•   Projected Cash Flows

•   Market Assumptions

•   Discount Rate

•   Terminal Value Growth Rate

Projected Cash Flows
The Projected Cash Flows for each GCGU is derived from the most recently completed three-year Business Plan, which is projected out for a future 
time period of two years based on management’s best estimates. Projected Cash Flow is estimated by adjusting forecasted annual net income (for 
the forecast period) for non-cash items (such as amortization, accretion, and foreign exchange), investments in working capital and investments 
in property, plant and equipment. Estimating future income requires judgment, consideration of past and actual performance, as well as expected 
developments in the GCGU’s respective markets and in the overall macroeconomic environment.

Market Assumptions
The forecasted revenue for a GCGU in the Business Plan is based on that GCGU securing an estimated number of projects or sales orders. A change 
in the number of estimated projects or sales orders to be secured by a GCGU can have a material impact on the projected future cash flows for that 
particular GCGU. The gross margin for each GCGU in the Business Plan is also dependent on assumptions made about the price of raw materials in 
the future; a change in the assumptions of these key inputs can have a material impact on the projected future cash flows for a particular GCGU.

69

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount Rate
The discount rate represents the current market assessment of the risks specific to each GCGU, regarding the time value of money and the individual 
risks of the underlying assets, which have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates. The discount rate calculation is based on the specific 
circumstances of the Company and its GCGUs and is derived from the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for the consolidated Company. The 
WACC takes into account both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Company’s investors. 
The cost of debt is based on the interest bearing borrowings the Company is obliged to service. The GCGU specific risk is incorporated by applying 
individual specific risk factors; these specific risk factors are evaluated annually.

The following are the discount rates used in the calculation of the valuations of the CGUs:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw 
Shawcor Inspection Services (formerly, “Desert NDT”) 
Flexpipe Systems 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina) 
Shawcor CSI 
DSG-Canusa GmbH 
Dhatec   
Lake Superior 

October 31 
2016 

October 31 
2015

11% 
12% 
12% 
18% 
14% 
12% 
14% 
12% 

10%

11%

11%

18%

14%

12%

n/a

n/a

Terminal Value Growth Rate
The Terminal Value Growth Rate is used to calculate the Terminal Value of the GCGUs at the end of the Projected Free Cash Flow period of five years. 
A Terminal Value Growth Rate of 3% was used (for all goodwill impairment tests) reflecting terminal growth rate expectation of long-term growth in 
energy infrastructure investment; this figure also reflects the Company’s best estimate of the economic conditions that are expected to exist over  
the forecast period.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
With regard to the assessment of FVLCD of all of the Company’s GCGUs, management believes that no reasonably possible change in any of the 
above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of each CGU to materially exceed its recoverable amount, as estimated by the GCGU’s FVLCD. 

NOTE 23. 

INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

On February 20, 2014, Shawcor completed an equity investment in Zedi Inc. (“Zedi”), a Calgary, Alberta based company engaged in end-to-end 
solutions for production operations management in the oil and gas industry. Zedi has developed and deployed remote field monitoring and related 
data management solutions for the optimization of oil and gas well production. Shawcor’s equity investment in Zedi consists of an approximately  
38% common share interest totalling $20.8 million, which is being accounted for using equity accounting, and an investment of $10.0 million in 
convertible preferred shares, which is accounted for as an available-for-sale investment and classified in other assets on the Company’s consolidated 
balance sheets.

On August 29, 2014, the Company completed an equity investment in Power Feed-Thru Systems and Connectors, LLC (“PFT”), a Houston, Texas, US-
based company engaged in designing and assembling of electric feed-thru connector systems specifically for artificial lift installations in the global oil 
and gas market. Its products are used in oil wells equipped with Electric Submersible Pumps to connect the down-hole oil pump with a surface power 
supply. Shawcor’s equity investment in PFT consists of an approximate 30% common share interest totalling $5.9 million, which is being accounted 
for using equity accounting.

NOTE 24.  OTHER ASSETS

The following table sets forth the Company’s other assets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Long-term prepaid expenses 
Deposit guarantee 
Convertible preferred shares (note 23)  
Accrued employee future benefit asset (note 15) 

70

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

$ 

7,141 
112 
10,000 
9,154 

6,819

960

10,000

8,489

$ 

26,407 

$ 

26,268

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 25. 

IMPAIRMENT

The following table sets forth the Company’s impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2016:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Impairment of intangible assets 
Impairment of goodwill 

Total Impairment 
Deferred income tax related to above  
Net Impairment 

(a)  Formerly known as “Desert NDT”.

Socotherm 

Shawcor 
Inspection 

Services(a)  

$ 

26,103 

$ 

15,220 

– 

– 

– 

108,942 

$ 

$ 

41,323 

$ 

 108,942 

(2,985) 

– 

38,338 

$ 

108,942 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Other(b) 

Total

2,770 

2,396 

1,880 

$ 

28,873

17,616

 110,822

7,046 

$ 

157,311

– 

 (2,985)

7,046 

$ 

154,326

(b)   These amounts include impairment charges of $1.4 million pertaining to the machinery and equipment of a Bredero Shaw business unit and other impairment charges for Shawcor 

CSI totalling $5.6 million, both of which are in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2015:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment 

(a)  The impairment related to the Leith plant of Bredero Shaw in the UK.

Shawcor UK(a) 

$ 

590 

$ 

Total

590

Impairment Testing for the Socotherm S.p.A. Italian Plants
The Company performed an asset impairment test for its Socotherm S.p.A Italian plants as at September 30, 2016. This impairment test was done for 
the plants at the Socotherm S.p.A group level, and includes the carrying value of the related intangible assets, as the cash flows from the plants are 
not largely independent. This impairment test was determined to be necessary as a result of uncertainties in securing future pipe coating project work 
to sustain operations at current levels as a result of reductions in oil and gas infrastructure spending by international oil companies and in-country 
pipe mills. The Company adjusted its forecast to reflect these uncertainties, thereby impacting the estimate of future cash flows for the plants. 

Due to the value-in-use (VIU) being lower than the carrying amount of the Socotherm S.p.A. Italian plants, management assessed the method of 
allocating the impairment charge to the individual assets. Individual assets were analyzed to ensure that the allocation of the impairment charge to 
each asset did not reduce its carrying value below the greater of its FVLCD and VIU. The property, plant and equipment assets impaired were written 
down to their FVLCD. The FVLCD of land and buildings were based on market assessment appraisals provided by an independent valuator. The FVLCD 
of machinery and equipment was based on management’s internal specialist assessments of secondary market. The fair value measurements 
are categorized as Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation method used. The allocation of impairment to intangible assets ultimately 
resulted in the value of these assets being written down to nil.

Impairment Testing for the Shawcor Inspection Services Cash-Generating Unit
The Company’s policies regarding calculation of the recoverable amount for its GCGUs is described in note 22, as part of the discussion pertaining to 
impairment testing for goodwill. 

The Company performed an impairment test for its DCGU as at September 30, 2016. This impairment was assessed due to the decline in the rig 
count in the US and uncertainties regarding future oil and gas well drilling and the associated demand for non-destructive testing of new oil and gas 
gathering line pipelines. The Company has adjusted its forecast to reflect reduced activity levels, thereby impacting the future cash flows for its DCGU. 

For the DCGU impairment test, the FVLCD was higher than its VIU. The carrying value of the DCGU goodwill was $157.8 million. As a result of the 
assessed impairment, the carrying value of goodwill was reduced to $48.9 million as at September 30, 2016. A discount rate of 12% had been applied 
to the DCGU impairment test as at September 30, 2016, along with a terminal value growth rate of 2.5%, reflecting a conservative expectation of  
long-term growth in energy infrastructure investment. 

A one percent increase in the discount rate would have caused the fair value of the DCGU to decrease by $16.5 million. A one percent decrease in  
the terminal value growth rate would have decreased the fair value of the DCGU by $4.7 million.

Impairment of Bredero Shaw Leith Plant in EMAR region as at October 31, 2015
The Company performed an impairment test for its Bredero Shaw Leith Plant as of October 31, 2015. Bredero Shaw’s facility located in Leith, Scotland 
is a full service, high capacity coating facility. Due to the likelihood of project delays and lower activity levels as a result of the recent global decline in 
oil prices, the carrying amount of the property, plant and equipment was deemed to be partially impaired.

71

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 26.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s accounts payable and accrued liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 

NOTE 27.  PROVISIONS

The following table sets forth the Company’s provisions as at the periods indicated:

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

88,980 
123,559 

$ 

 110,648

 185,263

$ 

212,539 

$ 

295,911

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2014 
Provision adjustments 
Acquisition 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange differences 
Gain on settlement 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Provision adjustments 
Acquisition adjustment 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange differences 
Gain on settlement 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Net book value 

December 31, 2015 
Current   
Non-current 

December 31, 2016 
Current   
Non-current 

  Decommissioning 
Liabilities 

Warranties 

Other 
Provisions 

$ 

24,138 

$ 

2,832 

8,290 

(2,658) 

516 

1,323 

(80) 

34,361 

179 

(1,612) 

(291) 

452 

(1,824) 

(1,559) 

4,455 

5,203 

– 

(5,977) 

– 

651 

– 

4,332 

6,024 

– 

$ 

23,731 

$ 

23,998 

– 

(18,166) 

– 

1,381 

– 

30,944 

3,694 

– 

(3,406) 

(12,882) 

– 

(182) 

– 

(7) 

(1,815) 

– 

Total

52,324

32,033

8,290

(26,801)

516

3,355

(80)

69,637

9,897

(1,612)

(16,579)

445

(3,821)

(1,559)

$ 

29,706 

$ 

6,768 

$ 

19,934 

$ 

56,408

$ 

8,428 

$ 

4,332 

$ 

12,802 

$ 

25,933 

– 

18,142 

25,562

44,075

$ 

34,361 

$ 

4,332 

$ 

30,944 

$ 

69,637

$ 

5,904 

$ 

6,768 

$ 

8,432 

$ 

21,104

23,802 

– 

11,502 

35,304

$ 

29,706 

$ 

6,768 

$ 

19,934 

$ 

56,408

Decommissioning Liabilities
The total undiscounted cash flows estimated to settle all decommissioning liabilities is $42 million as at December 31, 2016. The current pre-tax risk-
free rates at which the estimated cash flows have been discounted range between 0.15% and 7.59%. Settlement for all decommissioning liabilities is 
expected to be funded by future cash flows from the Company’s operations. 

The Company expects the following cash outflows over the next five years and thereafter for remediating its decommissioning liability obligations.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

 2017 
 2018 
 2019 
 2020 
 2021 
Thereafter 

72

6,388

2,091

3,015

3,750

4,507

22,618

$ 

42,369

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warranties
Project specific warranties are provided by various divisions in the normal course of business that are usually valid for a term of less than one year. 

Other Provisions
The other provisions are comprised of current and non-current employee related provisions (required by local law in international jurisdictions), 
provisions for lawsuits and other accrued liabilities related to operations for which there is a higher degree of uncertainty with respect to either  
the amount or timing of the underlying payment. 

NOTE 28.  OTHER LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s other liabilities as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – December 31, 2014 
Adjustments 
Settlement of liabilities 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Adjustments 
Business acquisition 
Settlement of liabilities 
Foreign exchange differences 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

December 31, 2015 
Current   
Non-current 

December 31, 2016 
Current   
Non-current 

NOTE 29.  CREDIT FACILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s total credit facilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds (note 31)   

Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 

Unutilized Credit Facilities 

(a)  The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

Deferred 
Purchase 
Compensation 

Incentive based 
Consideration 
(note 14) 

Loans 
Payable 

Other 
Liabilities 

$ 

4,873 

$ 

37,732 

$ 

121 

$ 

– 

(1,305) 

371 

3,939 

– 

7,210 

(7,210) 

(255) 

(2,204) 

(16,371) 

1,360 

20,517 

2,593 

– 

(14,120) 

16 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,684 

$ 

9,006 

$ 

3,939 

$ 

19,340 

$ 

– 

1,177 

3,939 

$ 

20,517 

$ 

3,684 

$ 

8,359 

$ 

– 

647 

3,684 

$ 

9,006 

$ 

– 

(91) 

(30) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total

$ 

42,726

(2,204)

(17,767)

1,701

24,456

3,282

7,210

(21,437)

(232)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

689 

– 

(107) 

7 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

589 

$ 

13,279

– 

– 

– 

$ 

23,279

1,177

$ 

24,456

– 

$ 

12,043

589 

589 

1,236

$ 

13,279

December 31 
2016 

December 31 
2015

$ 

2,463 
90,898 

93,361 
492,610 

$ 

–
132,052

132,052
623,970

$  399,249 

$  491,918

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility (“Credit Facility”) for a period of five years, with terms  
and conditions similar to the prior agreement, except that the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from US$150 million to  
US$250 million, with an option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million with the consent of the lenders. On June 16, 2014, the option to increase 
the credit limit to US$400 million was exercised with the consent of the lenders and a new option to increase the credit limit to US$550 million with 
the consent of the lenders was added. The Company pays a floating interest rate on this Credit Facility that is a function of the Company’s Total Debt 
to Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. Allowable credit utilization outside of this facility is US$50 million. 
During 2016, the Company and the lenders agreed to certain amendments to the Credit Facility. These amendments are described below in the 
section captioned, “Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility”. 

73

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Amendments to Senior Notes Agreement and Credit Facility
On May 10, 2016, the Company entered into amending agreements with the holders of its Senior Notes and the syndicate of lenders under the Credit 
Facility. Subsequently, on December 6, 2016, the Company entered into further amending agreements with the holders of its Senior Notes and the 
syndicate of lenders under the Credit Facility, with the latest principal amendments as follows:

a)   an extension of the term of the Credit Facility from March 20, 2018 to December 6, 2019 and a reduction in the size of the Credit Facility from 

US$325 million to US$317 million;

b)   the elimination of the requirement for the Company to meet a Total Debt to EBITDA covenant (the “Leverage Ratio”) for the quarter ending 

December 31, 2016 (“Q4 2016”); 

c)   the creation of a minimum EBITDA covenant of Cdn$15 million in respect of Q4 2016;

d)   an increase in the maximum Leverage Ratio to 3.50 to 1.00 and 3.25 to 1.00 for the quarters ending March 31, 2017 (“Q1 2017”) and June 30, 2017 
(“Q2 2017”), respectively; with EBITDA for Q1 2017 to be calculated by multiplying the EBITDA for such quarter by 4 and with EBITDA for Q2 2017 to 
be calculated by adding the EBITDA for Q1 2017 and the EBITDA for Q2 2017 and then multiplying such sum by 2;

e)   a decrease in the minimum Interest Coverage Ratio/Fixed Charge Ratio (currently 2.5 to 1.0) to 1.5 to 1.0 for Q4 2016; 

f)   an amendment to the method of calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio/Fixed Charge Ratio for Q1 2017 and Q2 2017 such that each of the 

components of such ratio (EBITDA, interest expense and rental payments) is calculated on a basis similar to the calculation of the Leverage Ratio 
for such quarters; and 

g)   increased interest rates and standby and other fees payable to Senior Note holders and under the Credit Facility during Q4 2016 and in any period 

when the Company is permitted an increased Leverage Ratio. 

The Company incurred fees and expenses of $2.1 million and $0.9 million to implement these amendments in the second and fourth quarters of  
2016, respectively.

The Company was in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2016.

NOTE 30.  LONG-TERM DEBT

On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross proceeds of US$350 million (Cdn$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) to institutional investors as follows:

(in millions of Canadian dollars) 

Due Date 

Interest 
Rate  

December 31 
 2016 

December 31 
2015 

December 31 
2016  

December 31 
 2015

Senior Notes, Series A 
Senior Notes, Series B 
Senior Notes, Series C 
Senior Notes, Series D 

March 31, 2020 

March 31, 2023 

March 31, 2025 

March 31, 2028 

2.98% 

3.67% 

3.82% 

4.07% 

(US$) 

62 

57 

52 

26 

197 

(US$) 

100 

100 

100 

50 

350 

(Cdn$) 

(Cdn$)

83 

76 

70 

35 

264 

139

139

139

68

485

Repurchase of Senior Notes
In the second quarter of 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its existing cash balances to repurchase approximately US$78 million of its Senior 
Notes at a purchase price of approximately US$79 million ($101.8 million at the then current exchange rate) plus accrued interest. 

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company utilized a portion of its $172.6 million public offering proceeds to repurchase US$75 million of its Senior 
Notes at a purchase price of US$75 million ($100.7 million at the then current exchange rate) plus accrued interest. 

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2016 is $263.5 million (US$196.8 million) (2015 – $485.1 million (US$350.0 million)). The long-
term debt has been designated as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in its US dollar functional currency subsidiary as described in note 7. 

In respect of the long-term debt, the Company is required to maintain certain covenants that are consistent with the debt covenants described in 
note 29 for the Credit Facility. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

74

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 31.  LEASES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

a) Operating Leases
The Company has entered into various commercial leases for motor vehicles, machinery, equipment, and manufacturing sites. These leases have a life 
of one to sixteen years with no renewal options. 

The following table presents the future minimum rental payments payable under the operating leases as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
More than five years 

  December 31 2016

$ 

24,709

53,831

9,638

$ 

88,178

The lease expenditure charged to the consolidated statements of income (loss) during the year was $39.2 million (2015 – $35.3 million).

b) Finance Leases
The Company has finance leases and purchase commitments in place for various items of property, plant and machinery. These leases have renewal 
options but no purchase options. Renewals are at the option of the specific entity that holds the lease. 

The following table presents the future minimum lease payments under finance leases with the present value of the minimum lease payments:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
After more than five years 

Total minimum lease payments 
Less: Amounts representing interest charges 

Present Value of Minimum Lease Payments 

December 31, 2016

Minimum 
Payments 

1,461 

5,411 

9,248 

16,120 

(4,1 5 1) 

11,969 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Present 
Value of 
Payments

950

3,370

7,649

11,969

–

11,969

$ 

$ 

$ 

c) Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers and other third 
parties. Management believes that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not possible to estimate the 
extent of potential costs and losses, if any, management believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate resolution of such contingencies 
would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of the Company.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a gain of $19.2 million resulting from an arbitration award against Wasco Energy.

A statement of claim was filed against a group of three companies, which included Shawcor, in January 2010 and later amended in April 2015, by 
Canadian Natural Resources Ltd. (“CNRL”) for $68 million in damages in relation to the failure of a high temperature pipeline that was part of the 
expansion of CNRL’s Primrose/Wolf Lake Heavy Oil Project in northeast Alberta. 

The multi-party mediation for the case concluded in early February 2015, following which the Company settled all claims with CNRL. 

d) Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds through financial intermediaries to various customers in 
support of project contracts for the successful execution of these contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the contract, the 
customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The contracts that these 
performance bonds support generally have a term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds typically have a term of less 
than one year and are renewed, if required, over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company has not made and does not anticipate 
that it will be required to make material payments under these types of bonds.

The Company utilizes the Credit Facility to support its bonds. The Company has utilized total credit facilities of $90.9 million as at December 31, 
2016 (2015 – $132.1 million). In addition, as at December 31, 2016, the Company had $107.2 million of outstanding surety bonds through insurance 
companies (2015 – $130.8 million).

75

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 32.  SHARE CAPITAL

There are an unlimited number of common shares authorized. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share. All shares have been 
issued and fully paid and have no par value.

On December 23, 2016, the Company issued 5,261,250 common shares, including 686,250 common shares pursuant to the full exercise of the over-
allotment option, at a price of $32.80 per common share for aggregate gross proceeds of $172.6 million (net proceeds of $165.3 million, net of share 
issuance costs of $7.3 million).

The following table sets forth the changes in the Company’s shares for the years ended December 31:

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Number of shares 
Balance, December 31, 2015 
Issued through public offering 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Issued on exercise of RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

Stated value 
Balance, December 31, 2015 
Issued through public offering (net of commissions and share issuance costs of $7.3 million)  
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2016 

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Number of shares 
Balance, December 31, 2014 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Issued on exercise of RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Stated value 
Balance, December 31, 2014 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 

Balance – December 31, 2015 

Dividends declared and paid were as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Dividends declared and paid to shareholders 
Dividends declared and paid per share 

2016

  64,521,301

  5,261,250

93,960

16,033

  69,892,544

$ 

534,484

165,295

2,311

764

462

$ 

703,316

2015

  64,493,849

 24,130

3,322

  6 4,52 1,30 1

$ 

533,660

508

197

119

$ 

534,484

2016 

38,708 
 0.600 

2015

$ 

$ 

 38,708

0.600

$ 

$ 

NOTE 33.  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The comparative consolidated financial statements have been reclassified from consolidated financial statements previously presented to conform to 
the presentation of the 2016 consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

76

SHAWCOR LTD.NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW AND 
QUARTERLY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW (UNAUDITED)  

For the year ended December 31 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 

2016 
IFRS 

2015 
IRFS 

2014 
IFRS 

2013 
IFRS 

2012 
IFRS 

(Note 5) 

2011 
IFRS

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Adjusted EBITDA (Note 1) 
Net (Loss) Income (Note 2) 

Cash Flow 
Cash from operating activities 
Purchase of properly, plant, and equipment 

Financial Position 
Working capital (Note 3) 
Long-term debt 
Equity 
Total assets 

Per Share Information 
(Common, Class A & Class B) 
Net (Loss) Income  
  Basic  
  Diluted 
Dividends 
  Common share 
  Class A 
  Class B 
Equity per share (Note 4) 

 1,209,259  
 56,452  
 (180,960) 

 1,810,648  

 1,890,029  

 1,847,549  

1,469,187  

 228,478  

 98,244  

 336,701  

 94,861  

 391,223  

 219,862  

 265,254  

 178,310  

 1,157,265 
 128,168 

 56,280 

 131,893  
89,252  

 281,041  

 61,153  

 187,985  

 77,645  

 32,264  

 76,729  

 530,512  

 73,505  

 45,325 

 55,982 

 279,986  
 263,528  
 1,043,040  
 1,7 7 7,791  

 446,405  

 485,147  

 1,125,201  

 378,733  

 406,926  

 980,613  

 267,489  

 374,381  

 658,581  

 325,412  

–    

 988,667  

 287,142 
 –   

 867,411 

 2,145,705  

 1,939,970  

 1,651,928  

 1,888,873  

 1,226,749 

 (2.80) 
 (2.80) 

0.600 

 –    
 –    
 14.92  

 1.52  

 1.52  

 1.55  

 1.53  

 0.600  

 0.575  

 –    

 –    

 –    

 –    

 17.44  

 15.20  

 3.55  

 3.51  

 1.375  

 0.100  

 0.091  

 10.98  

 2.53  

 2.50  

 N/A  

 0.380  

 0.345  

 14.08  

 0.79 
 0.78 

 N/A 

 0.315 

 0.286 

 12.28 

QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share information) 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

Total

Revenue 

Net Income (Loss) (Note 2) 

Earnings (Loss) per share (Diluted) 

2016 

2015 

2016 

2015 

2016 

2015 

 365,579  

 471,940  

 7,461  

 37,774  

 0.12  

 0.58  

 255,359  

 398,020  

 (41,678) 

 (8,538) 

 (0.65) 

 (0.13) 

 259,139  

 485,428  

 (174,019) 

 38,107  

 (2.69) 

 0.59  

 329,182  

 1,209,259 

 455,260  

 1,810,648 

 27,276  

 30,901  

 0.42  

 0.48  

 (180,960)

 98,244 

 (2.80)

 1.52 

Note 1:   Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure calculated by adding back to net income (loss) the sum of net finance costs, income taxes, amortization of property, plant, equipment 

and intangible assets, gains/losses from assets held for sale, gains from sale of land, arbitration awards outside of the normal course of business, impairment of assets, joint 
ventures and non-controlling interests.  Adjusted EBITDA does not have a standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and is not necessarily comparable to similar measures 
provided by other companies.  Adjusted EBITDA is used by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several important analytical tools.  

Note 2:  Attributable to shareholders of the Company, excluding non-controlling interests. 

Note 3:  Working capital has been calculated as current assets minus current liabilites. 

Note 4:  Equity per share is Non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing equity by the number of Common, Class A & Class  B shares outstanding at the date of the balance sheet. 

Note 5:  Restated due to the adoption of certain new IFRS standards that became effective as at January 1, 2013, but were implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2012. 

77

ANNUAL REPORT 2016NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

SHAWCOR 
DIRECTORS

J.T. Baldwin
London, England

Mr. Baldwin retired as the Vice 
President Communications 
& External Affairs for the 
Southern Corridor for BP,  
a position he held since 
January 2014, and has  
been a Director of Shawcor 
since March 2010. 

D.S. Blackwood
Houston, Texas

Mr. Blackwood is the Chief 
Executive Officer of Vepica 
Group, a position he has 
held since September 2015, 
and has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2011.

J.W. Derrick
Buffalo, New York

Mr. Derrick is the Chief 
Executive Officer of Derrick 
Corporation, a position he  
has held since 1992, and  
has been a Director of 
Shawcor since August 2007.

K.J. Forbes
West Sussex, England

Mr. Forbes is a partner in 
Epi-V LLP, a position he has 
held since September 2009, 
and has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2014.

M.S. Hanley
Mount-Royal, Quebec

Mr. Hanley is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant and 
from 2009 to 2011, he was 
the Senior Vice President 
Operations and Strategy for 
National Bank of Canada. 
He has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2015.

S.M. Orr
Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Orr is the Chief Executive 
Officer of Shawcor Ltd.,  
a position he has held since 
May 2014, and has been  
a Director of Shawcor  
since May 2014. 

P.S. Pierce
Houston, Texas

Ms. Pierce is the Executive 
Vice President of and a 
partner in Ztown Investments, 
a position she has held  
since 2005, and has been  
a Director of Shawcor  
since June 2014.

P.G. Robinson
Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Robinson is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant  
and the President and  
Chief Executive Officer of 
Litens Automotive Group, a 
position he has held since 
August 2013, and has been 
a Director of Shawcor since 
August 2001.

E.C. Valiquette
Pembroke, Ontario

Ms. Valiquette is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant and 
a former Senior Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer of 
ING Canada Inc. and has been 
a Director of Shawcor since 
March 2005.

D.M. Wishart
Calgary, Alberta

Mr. Wishart is Chairman of  
the Board of Bruce Power Ltd. 
He retired as the Executive 
Vice President of Operations 
and Major Projects for 
TransCanada Corporation, a 
position he held since 2005, 
and has been a Director of 
Shawcor since May 2015.

78

SHAWCOR LTD.SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

PRIMARY OPERATING 
LOCATIONS

PIPELINE AND PIPE SERVICES 

Bredero Shaw  
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. W. 
Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

Viale Risorgimento 62  
45011 Adria (RO) Italy 

T:  39 0426 941000  
F:  39 0426 901055 

T:  281 886 2350 
F:  281 886 2351

Dellaertweg 9-E, Gebouw  
“Le Carrefour” 
2316 WZ Leiden 
The Netherlands

T:  +31 71 80 802 70 
F:  +31 71 80 802 71

#17-01/02 United Square 
101 Thomson Road 
Singapore 307591

T:  65 6732 2355 
F:  65 6732 9073

Canusa-CPS 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 5927 

Flexpipe Systems 
333 – 7 Avenue S.W. 
Suite 2200 
Calgary, Alberta  T2P 2Z1

T:  403 503 0548 
F:  403 503 0547

PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL

DSG-Canusa 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

ShawFlex 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 7752

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 2565

Shaw Pipeline Services 
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. W. 
Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

T:  281 886 2350 
F:  281 886 2351

Dhatec 
Elskensakker 8 
5571 SK Bergeijk 
The Netherlands (NL)

T:  +31 497 542 527 
E-Mail: info@dhatec.nl

Guardian 
950 – 78th Avenue 
Edmonton, Alberta  T6P 1L7

T:  780 440 1444 
F:  780 440 4261

Lake Superior Consulting, LLC 
130 West Superior Street,  
Suite 500 
Duluth, Minnesota 55802

T:  218 727 3141

Shawcor Inspection Services 
5875 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. W. 
Suite 200 
Houston, Texas 77086

T:  281 886 2350 
F:  281 886 2351

79

ANNUAL REPORT 2016CORPORATE INFORMATION

CORPORATE 
INFORMATION

CORPORATE OFFICERS

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

P.G. Robinson 
Chair of the Board

S.M. Orr 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

G.S. Love 
Senior Vice President, Finance 
and Chief Financial Officer

D.R. Ewert 
Senior Vice President,  
Legal & Secretary

M.J. Simmons 
Group President,  
Integrity Management

J.A. Tabak 
Group President, Composite 
Production Systems

H.A.A.M. Tausch 
Group President,  
Pipeline Performance

J.R. Bronson 
Group President,  
Oilfield Asset Management

F. Cistrone 
Group President,  
Connection Systems

R.J. Dunn 
Senior Vice President,  
Research and Development 
(R&D) and Operations 
Shawcor

P.A. Pierroz 
Senior Vice President,  
Business Services  
and Human Resources 
Shawcor

T. Anderson 
Senior Vice President,  
Western Hemisphere 
Pipeline Performance

K.D. Reizer 
Senior Vice President,  
Eastern Hemisphere 
Pipeline Performance

C. Oudinot 
Vice President 
Pipeline Performance Products

B. McDonald 
Vice President and  
General Manager 
Shaw Pipeline Services

M. Skrbich 
Vice President and  
General Manager 
Shawcor Inspection Services

P. Powers 
President and Managing Director 
Lake Superior Consulting

CORPORATE ADDRESS, STOCK INFORMATION AND ANNUAL MEETING

Head Office 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario 
Canada M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 7199

Transfer Agent  
and Registrar 
CST Trust Company 
P.O. Box 700, Station B 
Montreal, Quebec 
Canada H3B 3K3

T:  800 387 0825 
   416 682 3860 
F:  800 249 6189 
E-mail: inquiries@canstockta.com

Auditors 
Ernst & Young LLP

Stock Listing 
The Toronto Stock Exchange  
Common Shares  
Trading Symbol: SCL

Annual Meeting 
Tuesday, May 9, 2017 
4:00 p.m. 
The Design Exchange 
234 Bay Street 
Toronto, Ontario 
M5K 1B2

www.shawcor.com

80

SHAWCOR LTD.a
d
a
n
a
C
n

i

d
e
t
n
i
r
P

.

i

m
o
c
b
a
r
c
w
w
w

.

i

s
n
o
i
t
a
c
n
u
m
m
o
C
&
n
g
s
e
D
b
a
r
C

i

i

:

i

n
g
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Head Office 
25 Bethridge Road 
Toronto, Ontario 
Canada M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 7111 
F:  416 743 7199